Quarterlytics / Industrials / Integrated Freight & Logistics / Hargreaves Services Plc

Hargreaves Services Plc

hsp · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker hsp
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Integrated Freight & Logistics
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Hargreaves Services Plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
H

a

r

g

r

e

a

v

e

s

S

e

r

v

i

c

e

s

p

l

c

–

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

2

Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Hargreaves Services plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
About us

The value proposition of Hargreaves 
Services plc is built on creating, delivering 
and realising value from its three business 
pillars of Services, Hargreaves Land and  
its investment in its German Joint Venture.

Hargreaves operations are managed across the following structure:

Land
Hargreaves Land is focused on  
the sustainable development of 
brownfield sites for both residential  
and commercial purposes.

Hargreaves Raw  
Material Services 
Trades in specialist commodity markets 
and owns DK Recycling, a specialist 
recycler of steel waste material.

3. Financial Statements 

Independent Auditors’ Report 

40 
46  Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss  

and Other Comprehensive Income

48  Group and Parent Company Balance Sheets 
50  Group and Parent Company Statements of Changes in Equity
52  Group and Parent Company Cash Flow Statements 
53  Notes (forming part of the financial statements)
94  Alternative Performance Measure Glossary
95  Notice of Annual General Meeting – Hargreaves Services plc
100  Shareholder Information 

Services
Services provides critical support to 
many core industries including Energy, 
Environmental, UK Infrastructure and 
certain industries through the provision 
of materials handling, mechanical and 
electrical contracting services, logistics 
and major earthmoving.

  Read more at www.hsgplc.co.uk

1. Strategic Report

01  Highlights of the Year
02  Chairman’s Statement
04  Chief Executive’s Review
06  Operating Review
12  Financial Review
14  Audit & Risk Committee Report
16  Risk Management
20  Environmental, Social & Governance

2. Directors’ Report 

26  Board of Directors
27  Directors’ Report
31  Corporate Governance
35  Remuneration Report
39  Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities  

in Respect of the Financial Statements

Highlights of the Year

1
2
3

Strong balance sheet – net assets of £183.1m from £144.3m

Profit before tax increased to £34.5m from £14.4m

Full year dividend of 20.4p proposed compared with 19.2p

Trading

 – Revenue of £177.9m (2021: £204.8m)
 – Underlying* profit before tax of £32.7m (“UPBT”) (2021: £21.2m)
 – Basic underlying* EPS from continuing operations of 103.2p (2021: 70.7p)

Services

 – Revenue reduced as expected to £162.8m (2021: £193.0m) following exit from  

coal activities in 2021

 – Like-for like Services revenue increased by 18.7% to £162.8m (2021: £137.2m)
 – Services UPBT increased to £7.6m from £5.1m as HS2 contract progresses 

Hargreaves  
Land

German  
Joint Venture

Balance  
Sheet

Dividend

 – Further sales at Blindwells delivered 
 – £50m of conditional contracts exchanged at Unity JV
 – Renewable energy land portfolio records first rental incomes

 – Strong trading performance with underlying* profit after tax of £27.3m (2021: £13.6m)
 – Very strong commodity market conditions 
 – DK Recycling sustainable cost reductions and operational improvements

 – Cash and cash equivalents of £13.8m (2021: £28.3m) excluding £15m loaned to German 

Joint Venture

 – Net Asset Value** per share at 31 May 2022 of £5.63 (2021: £4.47)

 – Final dividend increase of 24.4% to 5.6p (2021: 4.5p) and additional dividend of 12.0p 

(2021: 12.0p) proposed

Notes: 
*  Underlying results are stated prior to exceptional items and impairment of intangible assets. See Alternative Performance Measure Glossary, page 94.
**  Net Asset Value defined in glossary on page 94.

01

Annual Report and Accounts 20221. Strategic Report2.3.Chairman’s Statement
Roger McDowell, Group Chairman

This year the Group  
has built strong 
momentum in all  
three business areas.

Introduction
The Group performed strongly throughout  
the financial year achieving a 54.2% increase in 
underlying profit before tax (“UPBT”)* of £32.7m 
(2021: £21.2m). We have seen strong growth  
in both our Services business, which has been 
buoyed by the commencement of the HS2 
contract, and the Group’s investment in the 
German Joint Venture (“HRMS”). Hargreaves 
Land continued to progress its major 
developments at Blindwells and the Unity Joint 
Venture whilst also seeing the first incomes arise 
from its renewable asset land portfolio which 
promises so much potential future value. Profit 
before tax from continuing operations was 
£34.5m (2021: £14.4m). Basic underlying earnings 
per share from continuing operations* have 
increased to 103.2p compared to 70.7p in the 
prior year. Basic earnings per share was 113.8p 
(2021: 50.8p).

On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank 
everyone at Hargreaves for their hard work, 
dedication and passion, without which the 
Group would not be what it is today. Over  
the last few years the Group has undertaken  
a dramatic strategic transformation, which is 
now creating, delivering and beginning to 
realise substantially increased shareholder value. 

Continuing Momentum
This year the Group has built strong  
momentum in all three business areas  
of Services, Hargreaves Land and HRMS.

The Services business has started work in 
earnest on the major earthmoving project  
at HS2, which has led to a growth in UPBT.  
I am also pleased to see the expansion of  
our mechanical and electrical engineering 
capabilities, as demonstrated by our 
appointment to two major engineering 
contracts on HS2 collectively worth over £18m. 
Further environmentally positive business 
initiatives have been undertaken including  
the remediation of over 100 acres of previously 
unusable former mining land in Scotland.

Strategic progress has also been seen within 
Hargreaves Land. Further sales have been 
completed and exchanged at Blindwells  
and the wider pipeline looks strong with  
the conditional exchange of contracts for the 
development and sale of the first logistics units 
at the Unity Joint Venture near Doncaster due  
to complete over the coming years. The Group’s 
value creation from its renewable land assets 
has also taken a big step forward in the year as 
Brockwell Energy announced they had achieved 
financial close on their Energy from Waste  
plant, which is under construction on our 
Westfield site. The first windfarm is now under 
construction by BayWa AG on our site at 
Dalquhandy. The creation of value from our 
renewable asset land portfolio over the next 
few years is an exciting prospect. 

The HRMS team continues to demonstrate  
its ability to be agile in an ever-changing 
commodities market, which has allowed them 
to take advantage of recent favourable pricing 
to deliver an excellent profit for the year, 
following a very strong performance in the prior 
year. Whilst the current result is pleasing, I am 
more excited by the underlying and sustainable 
improvements made in the steel recycling 
business, DK Recycling und Roheisen GmbH 
(“DK”). Since acquisition by HRMS in 2019,  
the management team has implemented 
improvements to operating processes and 
administrative functions which should deliver  
a sustainable improvement of around €10m  
per annum compared to their pre-acquisition 
performance. DK contributed approximately 
43% of the HRMS result for the year.

Cash and Leasing Debt
The Group remains free from any bank debt  
and held net cash of £13.8m on 31 May 2022, 
compared to £28.3m in the prior year. This 
reduction is due to the decision to loan £15m  
to HRMS to enable them to capitalise on the 
current trading conditions. I am pleased to see 
that this funding provided to our Joint Venture 
has helped to deliver substantial returns.  
£12m of this loan was repaid in July 2022. 
Notwithstanding this, cash generated from 
operations has been primarily invested into 
Hargreaves Land assets and leased plant and 
equipment, principally for the HS2 contract.

02

Hargreaves Services plcThe only debt held by the Group relates to 
specific leasing debts for the acquisition of  
fixed assets. At the year end this borrowing 
stood at £18.4m, which is an increase of £6.6m 
when compared to 31 May 2021 due to the 
initial investment required to mobilise the  
HS2 earthmoving contract within Services.

Dividend
The Group paid an interim dividend of 2.8p, 
which represented a 3.7% increase year on year. 
The continued strong performance of the 
Group throughout the remainder of the year 
has enabled the Board to announce an increase 
of nearly 25% to the final dividend, which is 
proposed to be 5.6p (2021: 4.5p). This brings the 
underlying full year dividend to 8.4p (2021: 7.2p) 
representing an overall increase of 16.7%.

In addition to the final dividend of 5.6p, the 
Board is also proposing an additional dividend  
of 12.0p per share (2021: 12.0p) in relation  
to dividends to be received from previously 
undistributed profits at HRMS. Combined this 
brings the total dividend for the year ended 
31 May 2022 to 20.4p (2021: 19.2p).

If approved at the Annual General Meeting,  
the final dividend of 5.6p and the additional 
dividend of 12.0p will be paid on 31 October 
2022 to all shareholders on the register at  
the close of business on 23 September 2022. 
The shares will become ex-dividend on 
22 September 2022.

Environmental, Social  
and Governance (“ESG”)
The Group has established a cross-business 
working group (“ESG Group”) which is focused 
on identifying the risks and opportunities 
arising from climate change and other social 
and governance matters. The ESG Group 
reports directly into the Audit and Risk 
Committee and contains representatives  
from each aspect of the business. I am pleased to 
see the high levels of engagement in this group 
and the fact that the drive for sustainability  
is coming from all parts of the Group.

Hargreaves has taken significant strides in the 
last year to develop our Employee Assistance 
Programme and train our mental health first 
aiders. The well being of our employees  
is essential in delivering value to all of our 
stakeholders. We have also established a 
dedicated Corporate Social Responsibility fund 
for supporting local charities and activities in 
which our employees are actively involved.

Strategy and Shareholder Value
The Group remains focused on its strategy to 
create, deliver and realise value for shareholders 
through the three core businesses of Services, 
Hargreaves Land and HRMS. 

Create
The commencement of the major earthmoving 
contract at HS2 and the growing mechanical 
and electrical capabilities of the Services 
business have enabled opportunities for the 
Group to create value for shareholders. The 
Hargreaves Land team are creating substantial 
shareholder value through the development  
of the renewable energy land portfolio and 
HRMS continues to create value through its 
ability to adapt to market conditions.

Deliver
The Services business has secured over 50 term 
contracts and framework agreements and is 
focused on their successful delivery. The long 
term land development assets at Blindwells  
and Unity are continuing to deliver returns as 
we are now seeing regular revenues and profit 
generation. The delivery of value from the 
renewable land portfolio will increase steadily 
over the next few years. The transformation  
of the operations within DK, part of HRMS, is 
now delivering recurring and more sustainable 
returns, enabling the base level of profitability 
to be increased within HRMS.

Realise
We are increasing the underlying full year 
dividend by 16.7% to 8.4p in recognition of the 
successful delivery of the value created within 
the Group. Additionally, the value within HRMS 
continues to be repatriated to shareholders via 
the additional 12.0p annual dividend. The Board 
is confident that this increase is sustainable and 
fairly reflects the value that is being delivered 
within the Group. Further value realisation 
opportunities remain in the forefront of the 
Board’s considerations.

Outlook
The Group now has significant momentum, 
which has resulted in the highest UPBT for  
the Group in seven years. The Balance Sheet 
remains free from bank debt and third party 
security and provides a strong platform for 
growth allowing the Group to remain agile  
to opportunities. Our net tangible assets now 
stand at £178.3m (2021: £139.5m) representing 
548p per share (2021: 432p). 

The Board is acutely aware of the uncertainties 
in current global economic outlook and has 
strategies in place to mitigate the challenges  
of UK inflation. HRMS is also taking steps to plan 
for potential threats to German energy supplies. 
The Board has great confidence in the strategy 
and expectations for the Group’s financial 
performance heading into the year ending 
31 May 2023.

Roger McDowell
Chairman
26 July 2022

The Board has great confidence in  
the strategy and expectations for the 
Group’s financial performance heading 
into the year ending 31 May 2023.”

* 

The basis of underlying profit before tax and basic underlying EPS is set out in the Alternative Performance Measures Glossary on page 94. 

03

Annual Report and Accounts 20221. Strategic Report2.3.Chief Executive’s Review
Gordon Banham, Group Chief Executive

Hargreaves has 
undertaken significant 
changes over recent 
years and I believe  
we have navigated  
the challenges which 
have arisen well.

£’m

Revenue (2022)

Revenue (2021)

Services

162.8

193.0

Hargreaves 
Land

15.1

11.8

HRMS

–

–

Central 
Costs

–

–

Total

177.9

204.8

Underlying profit/(loss) before 

tax* (2022)

Underlying profit/(loss) before tax* 

(2021)

Profit/(loss) before tax from 

continuing operations (2022)

(Loss)/profit before tax from 

continuing operations (2021)

7.6

5.1

9.4

(1.7)

2.1

6.3

2.1

6.3

27.3

(4.3)

32.7

13.6

(3.8)

21.2

27.3

(4.3)

34.5

13.6

(3.8)

14.4

* 

The basis of underlying profit before tax is set out in the Alternative Performance Measures Glossary on page 94.

Services
The Services business recorded a reduction  
in revenue from £193.0m to £162.8m due to  
the decision taken in the prior year to cease  
all material coal activities, which accounted  
for £55.8m in the year ended 31 May 2021.  
Like for like Services revenue has grown from 
£137.2m to £162.8m, an increase of 18.7%.  
This growth has predominantly come from  
the major earthmoving contract on HS2,  
which commenced during the year.

The business unit delivered an UPBT of £7.6m, 
representing growth of nearly 50% over the 
prior year. Whilst much of this improvement  
is delivered by the HS2 contract, operating 
margins have also improved across the business 
unit from 2.6% to 4.7%, reflecting the move 
away from the low margin coal activities.

In my previous report, I highlighted two specific 
contracts which were on the horizon and I would 
like to provide an update on both of them.

HS2
I am pleased to report that the major 
earthmoving contract with the EKFB 
Consortium on HS2 has begun well. We now 
have over 350 people working on the project, 
with almost 300 items of plant being put to 
work. In addition to the earthmoving activities, 
we have also developed a solution to reduce 
the carbon emissions on the project through 
the installation of an overland conveyor system 
to remove excess material from site, which  
will eliminate over 78,000 lorry movements 
amounting to over 700,000 miles. This will not 
only reduce the carbon emissions through less 
miles driven, but also reduce the noise pollution 
for local residents.

Hemerdon
Following the listing of Tungsten West plc 
(“TW”) on AIM in October 2021, we received the 
first of eight annual payments of £1m relating  
to maintaining our capability at site. TW 
announced in April 2022 that it intended  
to pause their development plan for the site 
and evaluate alternative approaches. A further 
announcement was made by TW on 19 July 2022 
which indicates that TW plans to commence 
production in the first half of calendar year 2023. 
TW states that it has to put further funding in 
place to achieve this. Whilst this news does 
mean that any growth that was expected to 
come from the commencement of mining 
activities may be delayed, the Group remains  
in a strong contractual position with security 
over the mineral rights. The Group remains in 
close contact with TW.

Profitability within Services has remained 
weighted to the second half of the year, however, 
in the coming year this is likely to level out as  
the works undertaken on HS2 provide greater 
profitability in the summer months, reducing  
the seasonality.

With over 50 framework and term contracts  
in place and approximately 75% of next year’s 
revenue secured, the Services business has 
resilience to the current inflationary pressures. 
Most term contracts include a form of price 
escalation, particularly in relation to fuel increases 
for our logistics operations. The main HS2 contract 
is a defined cost plus fee arrangement so that 
increases in defined costs will be recovered. 
With inflation in the UK rising to over 7% in  
the second half of the last financial year, the 
business has seen the benefit of these clauses  
in the contracts in mitigating the impact of  
such risks.

04

Hargreaves Services plcOur mechanical, electrical and civils capabilities 
were enhanced on 7 July 2022 by the 
acquisition for £750,000 in cash of SBU Limited 
and its subsidiary S&B Utilities Limited (“SBU”). 
SBU has long standing framework contracts 
with Yorkshire Water and Severn Trent Services 
together with a very recent appointment with 
Northumbrian Water. The business, which has 
annual revenue of around £4m and over 40 
employees, will strengthen our business 
offering in the utilities sector.

Hargreaves Land
Hargreaves Land recorded revenue of £15.1m 
(2021: £11.8m) and a profit before tax of £2.1m 
(2021: £6.3m) for the year. This reduction of 
£4.2m in profitability is due to the timing of 
sales at the Unity Joint Venture, near Doncaster. 
In April 2021, the Unity Joint Venture completed 
a material sale to a national retailer, which was 
several months ahead of the original plan.  
This sale pulled forward £4.1m of profit into  
the year ended 31 May 2021, which has led  
to the reduction recorded in 2022.

Further progress has been made at Unity,  
with the exchange of contracts announced  
in February 2022 for the conditional sale  
of a total of 29 acres to Aver Property and  
the development of two logistics units for  
£50m consideration. Completion is expected  
to occur over the next 24 months. The Unity 
Joint Venture is independently funded  
from Hargreaves. 

During the year, the business has completed  
a further sale at Blindwells. A 12.9 acre plot was 
sold to Persimmon in January 2022 for a total 
consideration of £9.6m, which is payable in 
three annual instalments. In February, the Group 
announced the exchange of contracts with 
Ogilvie Homes for the sale of a 4.6 acre plot, 
which is expected to complete in the next 
financial year. This demonstrates continuing 
progress within the Blindwells development, 
which welcomed its first residents in the 
financial year. The site remains a long term, 
regular annual profit stream for Hargreaves 
Land, with approximately 120 acres still 
remaining to be sold within Phase 1. The first 
phase is expected to be developed out by  
2031 with Phase 2, known as Greater Blindwells, 
comprising approximately 1,000 acres 
progressing through the local plan process  
with a planning allocation for up to 8,000 
homes expected to be secured before 2030. 
The Group has an effective 25% share of the 
land in this second phase.

An exciting development within Hargreaves 
Land has been the increasing momentum 
behind the Group’s renewable energy land 
assets. The Group’s former subsidiary, Brockwell 
Energy Limited, achieved financial close on  
their Energy from Waste plant at Westfield, Fife, 

which provided an immediate £2m of deferred 
consideration from the original sale of the 
business. Additionally, Brockwell entered into  
a 35-year minimum term index linked lease, 
which will deliver annual rental income of £0.4m 
following the construction of the plant which  
is expected to take about three years.

This marks the first significant income relating  
to the Group’s renewable energy land portfolio, 
which in addition to Westfield includes options 
over land with wind farm developers needed  
to produce 580 MWs of power on various 
long-term agreements, which are expected to 
begin delivering value over the next 24 months. 
This represents more than 2% of the UK’s total 
installed wind power capacity in 2021*. This is  
a particularly exciting area for Hargreaves Land 
and represents an opportunity to create 
substantial value for the Group.

Hargreaves Land acts solely as a landlord in this 
area and does not undertake any construction 
work or ownership of the energy generating 
assets themselves. 

HRMS
HRMS contributed £27.3m (2021: £13.6m) to  
the Group’s profit before tax. This represents an 
increase of 101% and demonstrates the continuing 
strong performance that was seen from HRMS 
in the second half of the previous year.

The traditional trading business has seen  
a substantial increase in volumes of minerals 
traded, which has accompanied the increase  
in commodity prices seen over the past 18 
months. The trading team at HRMS have always 
been skilled at maximising opportunities whilst 
minimising the risk profile taken. This has been 
highlighted in the current year’s result.

The performance by the trading team has been 
complemented by the significant turn around  
in the profitability of the steel waste recycling 
business, DK. Prior to acquisition by HRMS  
in December 2019, this business was loss 
making. Since then, the management team  
has introduced a number of measures which  
have led to an approximate €10m of sustainable 
improvement in profitability. In addition to this 
sustainable improvement, DK has also benefited 
from high commodity prices, in particular zinc 
and pig iron, which have augmented the result.

The third aspect of HRMS is the Carbon 
Pulverisation Plant. The plant is fully operational 
and producing 100kt of pulverised product  
per annum, which represents around 25% of the 
plant’s full capacity. The facility delivered a break 
even result in the year, which is in line with the 
prior year result. It is not expected to move into 
profitability until the year ending 31 May 2024 
whilst economic uncertainties persist in German 
industrial markets as a result of the war in Ukraine.

* 

Source: https://www.statista.com/statistics/421861/wind-power-capacity-in-the-united-kingdom

HRMS mitigates against its exposure to 
commodity prices by both hedging forward 
sales positions and by ensuring that it does  
not enter into open trading positions so that 
purchases of commodities are back to back with 
secured sales. DK is considering the installation 
of a liquid gas tank to provide resilience in  
the event of a gas supply shortage although 
only small quantities of gas are used in the 
production process.

Summary
This year has been one of real momentum, 
particularly within Services and Hargreaves 
Land, whilst HRMS continues to demonstrate  
its ability to capitalise on market opportunities.

I am particularly pleased with the resilience  
of the Services business, given the challenges 
faced by many businesses regarding cost 
inflation and supply chain difficulties. 
Hargreaves Land continues to deliver long  
term and recurring profits from the two  
flagship projects at Blindwells and Unity,  
whilst developing an exciting pipeline of 
opportunities, not least of which is the 
renewable energy land portfolio. Finally, the 
sustainable improvements made at DK have 
highlighted the ability of the management team 
to identify and take advantage of opportunities, 
which can deliver substantial value.

Hargreaves has undertaken significant changes 
over recent years and I believe we have navigated 
the challenges which have arisen well. The 
business has a strong, debt-free balance sheet 
and I look to the future with optimism.

Gordon Banham
Group Chief Executive
26 July 2022

05

Annual Report and Accounts 20221. Strategic Report2.3.Operating Review

Hargreaves has reasons to look 
forward to a bright future with 
opportunities for growth within 
each sector.

Overview
Over the past few years, the Group has 
streamlined and simplified its business model  
to focus on the three core pillars of Services, 
Hargreaves Land and HRMS. Each sector has a 
clearly defined target market and service offering, 
with a distinct and clear geographical focus.

The Group is managed in these three  
pillars as they are each distinct from each  
other with limited interaction. Whilst they  
are complementary, they are not reliant  
on each other for support or growth. 

Services

Hargreaves Land

HRMS

Revenue 2022

£162.8m

 £193.0m 2021

UPBT 2022

£7.6m

 £5.1m 2021

Key markets
•  Energy
•  Environmental
Infrastructure
• 
Industrial
• 

Revenue 2022

£15.1m

 £11.8m 2021

UPBT 2022

£2.1m

 £6.3m 2021

Key markets
•  Mixed use, residential  

and commercial

•  Renewables

Geographical focus
•  UK and South East Asia

Geographical focus
•  Scotland and North of England

Services provided
•  Materials handling
•  Mechanical and  

electrical engineering

•  Bulk logistics
•  Major earthmoving
•  Environmental land improvement

Services provided
•  Multi-phase master developer
•  Land promotion
•  Commercial and  

logistics development

06

UPBT 2022

£27.3m

 £13.6m 2021

Key markets
•  Steel 
•  Cement 
Industrial
• 

Geographical focus
•  Germany 
•  Rest of Europe

Services provided
•  Mineral trading
•  Steel waste recycling
•  Pig Iron and Zinc production
•  Carbon pulverisation

Hargreaves Services plcServices
Core Capabilities
The Services business has an 
extensive and complementary 
service offering for a wide range of industrial 
customers. The services include, but are not 
limited to:
•  Bulk materials handling in industrial complexes;
•  Mechanical and electrical engineering;
•  Major earthmoving subcontractor;
•  Pre-construction design advice on major 
earthmoving infrastructure projects;

•  Bulk logistics;
•  Land remediation and improvement solutions;
•  Carbon sequestration;
•  Waste brokering;
•  Quarrying and aggregates management.

Progress
During the year, there has been tangible growth 
within the Services business. In particular, the 
Earthmoving operation which has commenced 
works on the HS2 contract for the Eiffage Kier 
Ferrovial BAM joint venture (“EKFB”). This has  
led to the employment of over 350 people in 
the Aylesbury region. A key strength of the 
Earthmoving operation is the training provided 
to our employees and on the HS2 contract 
alone, we have trained over 50 plant operatives, 
giving them the skills to operate large plant 
efficiently and safely.

We have also seen the complementary nature 
of our Services offering to deliver a low carbon 
solution to the transportation of over 1.3m 
tonnes of disturbed earth. Our engineering 
capabilities were able to work in collaboration 
with the Earthmoving team to identify the issue 
that is created by the transportation of such  
a volume of material by road, which would 
cause a substantial level of carbon emissions. 
Our teams were able to design and propose  
an innovative 750m 5-conveyor system, which 
reduces the amount of road haulage which 
would otherwise have been required and saves 
on emissions by removing over 78,000 lorry 
movements amounting to over 700,000 miles. 
Work on the installation of the conveyor system 
began in April 2022.

Additionally, we have secured a contract for  
the provision of storage silos and a lime dosing 
and mixing system for HS2. This is a further 
demonstration of the growth in capability  
that the business has in delivering engineering 
solutions for large scale infrastructure projects.

The services business remains well 
positioned to identify, create and 
deliver value for shareholders.

In Hong Kong, a specialist team of linesmen  
and electrical specialists undertake a range  
of services as part of the Overhead Lines Works 
contract with CLP Power (“CLPP”). This is a 5-year 
framework which supports CLPP’s 950 sqkm 
distribution network which services over 4m 
residents in Kowloon, New Territories and the 
outlying islands of Hong Kong. The ongoing 
development of the Hargreaves Power Services 
business and diversification into this market  
is a key facet of future growth opportunities, 
underlining the diversity of the offering within 
the Services business in Asia.

The logistics operation was impacted by the 
well-publicised HGV driver shortages as well  
as the rising price of fuel. The impact of driver 
shortages has now been largely overcome.  
The team was able to mitigate the fuel price 
challenges through strong customer 
relationships and the application of contractual 
escalation factors which protected the Group 
from the worst of the potential impact. 

Our operations within the environmental sector 
have also seen progress in the year. Our land 
remediation operations have improved over  
100 acres of land in the year. This land was 
previously contaminated and unable to support 
plant life. As a result of our actions this land is 
now capable of growing and sustaining trees 
and other plant life. An application has also 
been made to apply for carbon sequestration 
on one of the sites controlled by the Group and 
notification of award is expected by the end of 
the calendar year. In total the business is seeking 
to plant approximately 1.7 million trees on  
700 hectares on three specific former open  
cast mining sites in Scotland for future carbon 
sequestration. This would represent a significant 
step in the offering of the business.

Markets and Strategic Focus
The Services business holds over 50 term and 
framework contracts, which has provided the 
Group with strong levels of revenue visibility.

The market sectors in which we operate  
are generally core industries within the UK  
and South East Asia; specifically the Energy, 
Environmental, Infrastructure and Industrial 
sectors. During the period of the pandemic, the 
Services business continued largely unaffected 
as a result of operating in these critical industries.

The business remains focused on growing the 
number of term and framework contracts it 
holds within the areas of core capability. Specific 
areas of target growth are focused on major 
earthmoving and mechanical and electrical 
engineering. There are several major 
earthmoving projects on the horizon, which 
represent opportunities comparable with the 
current HS2 project. Additionally, the capability  
of the Group’s mechanical and electrical 
engineering team is growing and recent contract 
wins, not only on HS2 are demonstrating this 
capability to the wider market. Market position  
in the utilities market has been enhanced by  
the recent acquisition of S&B Utilities Limited  
in July 2022, providing framework positions  
with Yorkshire Water, Severn Trent Services  
and Northumbrian Water.

Outlook
Revenue and margins within Services are 
resilient, as demonstrated by the response to 
recent challenges (Covid-19, inflation etc) and is 
underpinned by a strong pipeline of contracted 
works, term contracts and framework positions. 
Growth opportunities exist within the earthworks, 
engineering and environmental services work 
streams which means that the Services business 
remains well positioned to identify, create and 
deliver value for all stakeholders.

07

Annual Report and Accounts 20221. Strategic Report2.3.Operating Review continued

Hargreaves Land
Hargreaves Land has developed 
significantly over the last couple  
of years and now has two clear  
areas of focus:
•  Property and Land development
•  Renewable land assets

Property and Land development
The property development aspect of 
Hargreaves Land has, until recently, been the 
most visible aspect of the business unit. The 
business model includes the identification of 
strategic land opportunities, development and 
promotion of such land opportunities and the 
realisation of value. The business does not build 
residential homes, instead value is realised by 
the sale of serviced plots to house builders. 
Within the commercial and logistics sectors the 
business may enter into contracts to facilitate 
the construction of warehousing or similar 
structures. Such work would be subcontracted 
in its entirety.

The core projects within property development 
are Blindwells and the Unity Joint Venture which 
are both large and enduring schemes providing 
a stream of revenue over many years.

Blindwells
The site at Blindwells remains the largest 
investment within Hargreaves Land. Phase 1, 
which represents 150 acres and the potential  
for over 1,600 homes is well established, with  
a total of 27 acres sold to date and construction 
by housebuilders well under way. Due to the 
nature of the site and the requirement to  
settle each parcel of land prior to sale to 
housebuilders there will be a consistent stream 
of around 10-15 acres per year available for sale. 
This provides a good level of predictability to 
revenues and profits from this project for the 
next 8-9 years.

Further to Phase 1, there is Phase 2, known  
as Greater Blindwells, which does not yet have 
planning permission. Greater Blindwells has the 
potential for up to 8,000 additional homes and  
a further 75 acres of commercial use over  
1,000 acres. Hargreaves Land effectively controls 
approximately 25% of the Greater Blindwells site. 
Planning allocation is anticipated in 2026/27 
and, if allocated, should provide at least another 
10 years of revenue from Blindwells following 
the completion of Phase 1.

Unity
The Unity project is a joint venture between 
Hargreaves Land and Waystone Limited. The 
site, which is near Doncaster, is set on over 300 
acres and has outline planning for 3,100 homes 
and over 2m sq ft of commercial and logistics 
space. This scheme is also well established,  
with a number of commercial sales already 
completed. Unity also provides a long-term 
sustainable level of earnings as commercial and 
residential plots become available for sale. The 
overall scheme is expected to run until 2035, 
with a relatively consistent sale of approximately 
15 acres per annum.

The two aforementioned schemes are large  
and long-term, however Hargreaves Land is also 
engaged in a number of smaller development 
opportunities. These opportunities are typically 
capital light, with limited requirement for 
upfront investment. Risk is managed through 
the use of conditional contracts, options and 
development agreements to secure planning, 
occupiers and forward funding ahead of any 
significant commitment. The business is 
currently working on pipeline opportunities with 
an estimated Gross Development Value in excess 
of £200m (2021: £66m), ranging from residential 
to industrial and mixed commercial use.

Renewable Land Assets
The renewables land portfolio within 
Hargreaves Land is gaining some real 
momentum. The Group owns over 3,000 acres 
which is consented for the construction of 
either Energy from Waste plants, wind farms  
or other renewable energy assets. In each case, 
Hargreaves Land acts as the landlord and does 
not construct or own any of the renewable 
energy assets.

Westfield – Energy from Waste
The most advanced scheme is at Westfield,  
in Fife, which is a 100-acre site owned by 
Hargreaves Land, upon which a 32MW Energy 
from Waste plant will be constructed on 8 acres 
of the site. This plant will deliver a 35-year 
minimum lease term at £420,000 per annum 
(annual RPI review). To facilitate the construction 
of the plant, the Group is required to invest  
£7m in the infrastructure of the site. This will not 
only allow for the construction of the plant but 
will also open up approximately 40 further acres 
for other industrial uses. Interest in the site is 
buoyed by the potential for low-cost heat and 
power from the Energy from Waste Plant. In 
addition to this, there is a further 50 acres that 
may be developed in the future, however, this 
would require further infrastructure spend. 
Additionally, the site also has consent for an 
80-acre 30MW solar farm and battery storage, 
which would be constructed by others,  
under a 28 year lease with a potential £0.1m 
annual income. 

Hargreaves Land has developed 
significantly over the last couple of years 
and there are exciting opportunities for 
value creation within the Group

08

Hargreaves Services plcProperty development – target criteria

1
2
3

4

Midlands, North of England and Scotland
Serviced from existing HL offices

Longer term large scale “Master Developer” opportunities
Good medium term visibility of activity and earnings

Bespoke commercial projects  
on pre let/forward funded basis
Ability to minimise direct investment and derisk

Planning led strategic land opportunities
Longer term projects but low cost and potential for high returns

Wind Farms
The Group owns three areas of land, which  
have options to lease to wind farm operators. 
One such lease option has been taken up 
already. In addition to this, the Group also holds 
land over which access agreements are in place 
for other wind farm operators. In total, there are 
seven such access agreements, of which two 
are granted and five are due to be taken up  
in the next few years. In total, the wind farms 
would provide for approximately 580MW of 
renewable energy. 

The options on the wind farms and access 
agreements are due to come online over the 
next two to three years. Each option is specific; 
however, they will follow a standard makeup:
•  Minimum 28 year term;
•  2-4% of gross generating income;
•  Rising to 4-6% after year 12

For access agreements, whilst the 28 year 
minimum term is consistent, the value will be 
either a fixed annual rental or 1% of the gross 
income generated by the operator.

These renewable assets represent an exciting 
opportunity for value creation with the Group 
for the following key reasons:
•  Long term asset backed income;
• 
Income is typically index linked;
•  Minimal requirement for capital investment;
•  Predictable and sustainable income profile;
•  Typically sub 4% investment yields;
•  Sector is evolving with potential to add 

further value.

Outlook
The renewable energy landscape is rapidly 
evolving, which gives further potential to create 
value from the land controlled by the Group. 
Focus is on securing further access agreements, 
also enhancing value through potential 
opportunities with hydrogen production plants 
and battery storage on land owned by the Group. 

09

Annual Report and Accounts 20221. Strategic Report2.3.Operating Review continued

Hargreaves Raw 
Materials Services 
GmbH (“HRMS”)
The Group has held an investment 
in the German based joint venture, 

HRMS, for over 15 years. Initially a minerals and 
solid fuels trading business, the last three years 
has seen a significant transformation in the 
scale of offering within the entity. Hargreaves 
Services Europe Limited (“HSEL”) is the parent 
company of HRMS, which is in turn the parent  
of DK. These entities combined represent the 
HRMS joint venture.

The business now has three fully integrated 
revenue streams. The traditional trading 
business sells minerals and other solid fuels 
throughout Europe, including the supply into 
the Carbon Pulverisation Plant (“CPP”). The CPP 
grinds the carbon into a fine dust, which is used 
in many industries across Germany, in particular 
steel and cement manufacture. A key customer 
of the CPP is DK Recycling und Roheisen GmbH 
(“DK”), which is the third part of the HRMS 
business. DK takes steel waste, which would 
otherwise be sent to land fill, and produces 
285kt of pig iron and 6kt of zinc annually,  
which is in turn traded by the trading team.

The Hargreaves Group owns 49.9% of the voting 
shares in HSEL, with the remaining 50.1% of voting 
shares held by the local management team. 
Hargreaves also owns a number of shares which 
carry an economic benefit but no voting rights.  
It is these non-voting shares which mean that 
Hargreaves is entitled to 86% of the profits of  
the joint venture. See accounting judgements in  
Note 1 to the Financial Statements for more detail.

Business Model
Trading
The trading team comprises 16 individuals who 
trade in pig iron, ferro-alloys and other mineral 
products. The target market opens when there 
is a need for additional supply over and above 
the traditional supply contracts within the steel 
and cement industries of Europe.

Profitability is determined by two principal 
factors, volume and margin. Margins are largely 
static and consistent however, the volumes  
can be variable. Recent increases in commodity 
prices have been linked to a substantial increase 
in demand for product, which HRMS has been 
able to fulfil.

The trading business will typically secure 
deliveries for specific sales contracts. The team 
does not take principal positions on stock. 
Typically, around 95% of all stock held by  
HRMS is already forward sold, which reduces 
any perceived risk around fluctuations in 
commodity prices. Stock purchases are primarily 
funded by a flexible borrowing base facility  
of up to €70m.

10

CPP
The CPP has a total production capacity of 
400,000 tonnes per annum, which involves 
taking carbon products and grinding them into 
a very fine powder. This product is intended to 
displace the highly polluting brown lignite coal 
dust which is expected to be phased out in the 
coming years by the German government. 

The facility is currently producing 100,000 tonnes 
per annum and delivering a breakeven result.  
The total accessible market is estimated to be 
2Mt per annum, meaning that the CPP is an area 
of potential growth for HRMS as it seeks to fill  
up the available production capacity. The key 
markets to address are the chemical, cement  
and steel manufacturers in Northern Europe.

DK
The facility at DK is one of the world’s largest 
recycling centres for ferrous waste materials. 
The blast furnace takes in approximately 500kt 
of steel waste dusts and recycles them into 
285kt of pig iron and 6kt of zinc. The operation 
is also a net energy producer.

This business has performed very well since  
its acquisition by HRMS in December 2019 due 
to the sustainable improvements made by the 
management team, including procurement 
efficiencies, improved sales strategies, process 
improvements and waste reduction. In addition 
to this, DK has also benefited from the high 
commodity prices seen over recent times, in 
particular zinc and pig iron. To protect against 
the risk posed by variable commodity prices,  
DK now hedges up to 50% of all zinc sales up  
to 12 months ahead.

Cash Repatriation
When HRMS began the construction of the  
CPP in late 2017, a term loan was taken out to 
complete the build. Under the terms of that 
loan HRMS was restricted from making any 
dividend payments to shareholders until after 
31 May 2021. During that time, Hargreaves 
recognised the profit created by HRMS, 
however did not receive any cash repatriation.

Since May 2021, the Group has received the first 
repatriation of £4m from HRMS, the Group used 
this to fund the 12.0p additional dividend to our 
shareholders, which was paid in October 2021. 
The Board expects that repatriation from HRMS 
will continue at this level as a minimum for  
the next few years, which will be used to fund 
further additional dividends.

Outlook
The integrated HRMS business model is well 
placed to capitalise on favourable commodity 
pricing and DK is now well positioned to deliver 
a sustainable level of profitability following the 
turnaround since acquisition. Additionally, the 
CPP is producing a high-quality product and 
provides an opportunity for sustainable growth 
within the joint venture.

Key Performance Indicators
The Group has established a number of  
Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) which are 
used to measure its performance in a number  
of areas. These include some non-financial 
measures which reflect the Board’s emphasis  
on health and safety.

The KPIs for the Services business include:
•  Underlying profit before tax against budget
•  Return on capital employed against budget
•  Average working capital against budget
•  Lost time accident ratios against annually 

determined minimum targets
“Near Miss” reporting

• 

The KPIs for the Hargreaves Land business include:
•  Underlying profit before tax against budget
•  Cash performance against budget
•  Return on capital employed against 

individual project targets

Group level KPIs include:
•  Underlying profit before tax against budget
•  Net debt (inclusive of leasing debt)  

against budget

•  Lost time accident ratios against annually 

determined minimum targets

The Group achieved all of its KPIs in the year 
ended 31 May 2022. Similar challenging KPIs 
have been set for the year ending 31 May 2023.

Summary
Whilst Hargreaves remains a diverse organisation, 
I believe the three pillars of Services, Hargreaves 
Land and HRMS provide a clear and straight-
forward view of our operations. Each business 
has reasons to look forward to a bright future 
with opportunities for growth within each.

By order of the Board

Gordon Banham
Group Chief Executive
26 July 2022

Hargreaves Services plcHargreaves Raw Materials Services GmbH (“HRMS”) Business Model

HRMS – Trading
Market leading trader in industrial raw 
materials in Germany and Northern 
Europe. Supplying solid fuels, refractory 
minerals, pig iron and ferro-alloys.

Carbon Pulverisation 
Plant (CPP)
Producer of high quality pulverised 
carbon to industries across Germany. 
Pulverised carbon will replace the high 
polluting brown lignite coal.

DK Recycling
One of the largest recyclers of ferrous 
waste materials in the world,  
producing pig iron and zinc.

11

Annual Report and Accounts 20221. Strategic Report2.3.Financial Review
John Samuel, Group Finance Director

Results
Group revenue from continuing activities was 
£177.9m (2021: £204.8m) and UPBT was £32.7m 
(2021: £21.2m). The reduction in revenue relates 
to the cessation of coal related activities in 
December 2020, which accounted for £55.8m  
of the prior year revenue. The increase in UPBT  
is due in large part to the performance of the 
Group’s Joint Ventures, which contributed 
£28.2m (2021: £17.7m). Growth has also been 
recorded within the fully consolidated Services 
business, in particular the earthmoving 
activities. Gross profit margin has improved  
to 17% (2021: 11%) due to the cessation of the 
low margin coal revenues. Profit before tax  
from continuing operations was £34.5m  
(2021: £14.4m) after accounting for an 
exceptional gain of £1.8m (2021: charge of 
£2.2m). The current year gain relates to the 
release of an aged accrual dating from the  
year ended 31 May 2015 whereby the potential 
for payment has now lapsed due to time.

Net finance income was £0.1m (2021: expense  
of £1.2m). The reduction in finance expense  
is due to the substantially lower average 
borrowings following the repayment of the 
Group’s previous main banking facilities during 
the previous year.

The Group recorded £28.2m (2021: £17.7m) of 
profits from Joint Ventures. £27.3m (2021: £13.6m) 
of this was attributable to HRMS, which is stated 
after tax. There was a reduction in the profit 
coming from the Unity joint venture, £0.9m 
(2021: £4.1m), due to the early completion of a 
substantial land sale in the prior financial year.

Discontinued operations profit of £2.0m  
(2021: £nil) represents deferred consideration 
relating to the sale of Brockwell Energy Limited, 
which completed in October 2018 and became 
payable following their successful financial close 
in December 2021 at the Westfield energy from 
waste plant.

Taxation
The income tax credit for the year is £0.3m  
(2021: £2.0m). The tax credit has been heavily 
impacted by the decision in the prior year  
to cease mining activities. This cessation of 
mining has given rise to a substantial balancing 
allowance which is in excess of depreciation 
recorded. The prior year credit was impacted  
by the change in the rate at which deferred tax 
is measured increasing from 19% to 25% which 
created a credit of £2.7m. 

In 2011, after taking professional advice, the 
Group engaged in a disclosable tax planning 
scheme relating to leasing, the legality of which 
has been challenged by HMRC. In previous 
years, the Group has paid all cash payment 
obligations in relation to the scheme to HMRC. 
The Board has been advised that the scheme 
was lawful. The matter was heard by the First 
Tier Tribunal in June 2019 and in a decision 
released on 23 March 2020, the determination 
was in favour of HMRC. Following further advice, 
the determination was submitted for appeal, 
which was heard in June 2022 and the outcome 
was successful for the taxpayers. This represents 
the next step in the process and a further 
appeal may yet be forthcoming from HMRC. 

The Group is one of five appellants in the 
matter, who would benefit from a successful 
outcome of this case. The Group is not carrying 
any asset related to this case and has provided 
for associated professional fees.

Cash Flow
The profit for the year from continuing 
operations of £34.8m (2021: £16.4m) generated 
an EBITDA* of £13.6m (2021: £5.5m), after 
adjusting for depreciation and impairment 
charges of £8.7m (2021: £6.6m), the profit  
from investments in joint ventures of £28.2m 
(2021: £17.7m) and other non-cash items. 
Movement in working capital in the year was a 
cash outflow of £20.7m (2021: inflow of £42.9m) 
including the £15m additional funding provided 
to HRMS in the year. The prior year movement in 
working capital included a significant unwind in 
stocks following the sale of all coal inventories.

The Group received total proceeds of £2.3m 
(2021: £8.9m) relating to the sale of fixed assets 
and invested £2.7m (2021: £3.1m) into capital 
items, including £1.1m (2021: £0.4m) into 
investment properties. The Group also received  
a £3.9m dividend (2021: £nil) from its Joint 
Venture HRMS which was passed through  
to shareholders in the form of an additional 
dividend of 12p per share.

During the year the Group repaid £5.5m  
(2021: £6.1m) being the principal element of 
leases and paid a total of £6.2m (2021: £2.3m)  
to shareholders through dividends. 

12

Hargreaves Services plcThe Board is recommending  
a 24.4% increase in the  
final dividend.

Capital Expenditure 
Capital expenditure including that on right of 
use assets and investment properties totalled 
£14.8m (2021: £6.4m). Depreciation and 
impairment charges for the year were £8.7m 
(2021: £6.6m), the increase primarily relating  
to an impairment charge of £1.5m against  
some unproductive plant.

Banking Facilities
At 31 May 2022 the Group had cash of £13.8m 
(2021: £28.3m). In July 2022, the cash balance 
was enhanced following a loan repayment of 
£12m by the German Joint Venture. In addition 
to the cash reserves, the Group also has access 
to an undrawn £12m invoice discounting  
facility with Santander. This facility provides  
the Group with additional flexibility to deal with 
any short-term working capital fluctuations.  
The Group’s assets are not secured by any 
debenture and the invoice discounting facility 
has no associated covenants.

Pensions
The Group has the obligation to fund two 
industry-wide defined benefit pension schemes 
and an unfunded concessionary fuel scheme,  
all of which are closed to new members and  
are related to the former mining operations at 
Maltby Colliery. Under the assumptions used to 
calculate the defined benefit schemes’ position 
at 31 May 2022, an asset of £10.4m (2021: £2.9m) 
has been recorded. This excludes the £2.7m 
(2021: £2.9m) liability associated with the 
unfunded concessionary fuel scheme. 

Contributions in the year of £2.0m (2021: £2.0m) 
have been offset by interest and expenses of 
£0.3m (2021: £0.2m) and net changes in actuarial 
measurements of £6.0m (2021: £2.0m). The 
actuarial movement is accounted for through the 
Statement of Other Comprehensive Income. The 
next triennial valuation of the schemes is due as 
at 31 December 2021 but the outcome of that is 
not expected to be known for some months yet.

Covid-19
The Group has previously taken advantage  
of the UK Government’s support for businesses 
impacted by Covid-19. In the financial year, £0.1m 
(2021: £0.8m) was claimed under the Coronavirus 
Job Retention Scheme. Additionally, as permitted 
by law, the Group deferred £4.8m of VAT 
payments in the year ended May 2020, which 
was paid back in full by the end of March 2022.

Dividends
The Board is recommending a final dividend of 
5.6p (2021: 4.5p) per share bringing the total for the 
year to 8.4p (2021: 7.2p), a full year increase of 17%. 
Additionally, the Board is proposing an additional 
dividend of 12.0p (2021: 12.0p) per share which will 
be paid at the same time as the final dividend. The 
additional dividend will be funded by the receipt 
of an equivalent amount from HRMS. 

Share Capital
There are 33,138,756 (2021: 33,138,756) ordinary 
shares of 10p each in issue of which the 
Company holds 611,118 (2021: 827,150) in 
treasury. During the year, 216,032 (2021: 29,260) 
shares were released from treasury to satisfy  
the exercise of share options.

Going Concern
The Group has material assets and financial 
resources at its disposal together with robust risk 
management and capital allocation processes. 
The Group holds cash resources and has the 
availability of a further £12m Invoice Discounting 
facility which provide the Board with confidence 
that the Group has appropriate liquidity to meet 
any foreseeable cash requirements. A rigorous 
process of reviewing cash flow forecasts and 
testing for a range of challenging downside 
sensitivities has been undertaken. Only remedies 
to these downsides which are entirely within  
the Group’s control have been assumed to be 
achievable mitigations to those sensitivities. 
Therefore, and after making appropriate 
enquiries, including reviewing budgets and 
strategic plans, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group 
have adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future. 
Accordingly, the Board continues to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing the Annual 
Report and Accounts.

Directors’ Section 172(1) Statement
The Board acknowledges its responsibility 
under section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006, 
which is presented within the Directors Report. 

John Samuel
Group Finance Director
26 July 2022

* 

EBITDA is defined as profit before tax from continuing operations prior to charges for depreciation and impairment and interest and excludes the share of profit from jointly controlled entities 
and gains and losses on the sale of fixed assets.

13

Annual Report and Accounts 20221. Strategic Report2.3.Audit & Risk Committee Report
Nigel Halkes FCA, Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee

The Audit & Risk Committee 
is responsible for reviewing 
financial reporting matters, 
monitoring internal controls 
and key corporate risks.

On behalf of the Audit & Risk Committee I am 
pleased to present the Committee’s Report  
for the year ended 31 May 2022. 

Membership of the Committee
The Committee consists of the four Non-
executive Directors and is chaired by me as  
the Senior Independent Non-executive Director. 
The composition of the Committee has been 
unchanged throughout this financial year. The 
Board believes that the Committee members 
have the skills, qualifications and experience  
to discharge their duties in accordance with  
the Committee’s terms of reference and have 
appropriate knowledge and experience in the 
sectors within which the Group operates.

Committee Meeting Schedule
The Committee met on four occasions during 
the year with all members at the time in 
attendance. The Group Finance Director attends 
committee meetings by invitation to ensure 
that the Committee is fully informed of all 
material matters within the Group. The external 
auditor attended two of the meetings and,  
for part of one of those meetings, the external 
auditor met with the Committee without any  
of the Executive Directors being present. The 
internal auditor attended two of the meetings.

For the financial year ending 31 May 2023,  
the Committee intends to continue with its 
programme of four meetings to be held during 
the year so that the work of the Committee  
is evenly spread, particularly with respect  
to Risk Management and internal audit. 

Terms of Reference of the Committee
The Committee is established by and is 
responsible to the Board. It has written terms  
of reference, which are available for review at: 
www.hsgplc.co.uk. The terms of reference  
are formally reviewed annually to ensure that 
they meet the Board’s expectations of the 
Committee’s remit.

The Committee is responsible for reviewing  
a wide range of financial reporting and related 
matters including the half-year and annual 
accounts before their submission to the Board. 
In particular, the Committee is required to 
consider all critical accounting policies and 
practices adopted by the Group, and any 
significant areas of judgement that could 
materially impact reported results. The 
Committee provides a forum for reporting  
by the Group’s external auditor, and advises  
the Board on the appointment, independence  
and objectivity of the external auditor and  
on their remuneration both for statutory audit 
and non-audit work. It also discusses and agrees  
the nature, scope, planning and timing of the 
statutory audit with the external auditor. 

The Committee is also responsible for monitoring 
the internal controls that are operated by 
management to ensure the integrity of the 
information reported to the shareholders.  
An internal audit function, which reports 
directly to the Chair of the Audit & Risk 
Committee, supports the Committee in  
this process. The Committee reviews the 
appropriateness of the annual internal audit 
programme for the Group and ensures that the 
internal audit function is adequately sponsored 
and resourced. 

Additionally, the Committee receives reports  
on, and is responsible for, reviewing the Group’s 
arrangements and processes which exist for 
employees and others to raise concerns over 
possible wrongdoing in financial reporting  
or other matters. This work includes reviewing 
the Group’s systems for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and bribery and considering 
any matters arising under the General Data 
Protection Regulations or any whistleblowing 
matters which are reported. The Committee 
also receives reports on all litigation which  
the Group is engaged with either as plaintiff  
or defendant and recommends actions in 
respect of such to the Board. 

The Group’s ESG Working Group is chaired by 
one of the business unit managing directors 
and includes members from every business 
within Hargreaves. It reports quarterly to the 
Committee. The Committee is responsible  
for reviewing the Group’s ESG report and 
recommending it to the Board.

Activities of the Committee
During the year, the Committee’s principal 
activities comprised:
•  Reviewing and approving the Internal Audit 
programme for the year and monitoring the 
progress and outcome of that, including 
reviewing reports from the Internal Auditor;
•  Receiving quarterly reports from the Group’s 

ESG Working Group, considering and 
recommending to the Board that group’s 
proposals for actions, targets and metrics  
to be adopted to illustrate the Group’s 
response to climate change in preparation 
for reporting in compliance with the 
requirements of the Task Force on  
Climate-related Financial Disclosures;

14

Hargreaves Services plc•  Reviewing the Quarterly Risk Report  

and recommending appropriate actions  
and responses to the Board;

•  Receiving quarterly reports on legal actions 

with which the Group is concerned;

matters referred to in the long form Audit 
Report. The Committee recommended  
to the Board that in their opinion the audit  
had been carried out effectively and that the 
report of the external auditor be accepted. 

•  Receiving reports on any  
whistleblowing matters;

•  Reviewing and approving changes  

in the Group’s internal control policies  
and procedures;

•  Reviewing the Group’s procedures in respect 

of GDPR;

•  Reviewing the draft interim  

financial statements; 

•  Reviewing and approving the audit plan 

proposed by the external auditor;

•  Reviewing the draft report and accounts  
for the year ended 31 May 2022 and 
recommending their approval to the  
Board including:
 – Considering the accounting policies 
adopted for the preparation of  
the accounts;

 – Considering the key accounting 

estimates and judgements used in their 
preparation including but not restricted 
to contract revenue, contract provisions, 
impairment of assets and Goodwill, 
mining restoration costs and provisions 
and post retirement employee benefits;

 – Considering the assumptions used to 
support the adoption of the going 
concern basis of accounting;

 – Considering the Risk Management 
section of the annual report and  
in particular its completeness and 
relevance to the accounts;

 – Reviewing the ESG report included  

in the annual report.

External Auditor
The external auditor provides the Audit & Risk 
Committee with information about its internal 
procedures for maintaining independence and 
the rotation of personnel engaged on the audit, 
including the audit partner. After considering 
this information, the Committee is satisfied  
that the external auditor is independent.

All non-audit services to be provided by  
the external auditor which exceed £10,000  
in cost must be approved by the Committee  
in advance. During the financial year, £16,000  
of non-audit services were provided by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP relating to 
miscellaneous tax and other assurance services. 
The Committee is satisfied that the provision  
of these services did not compromise the 
external auditor’s independence.

After due and careful enquiry and after 
reviewing the external auditor’s Report to the 
Audit Committee and discussing the findings 
with the auditor, the Committee is satisfied that 
the scope of the audit was appropriate and that 
all significant accounting judgements exercised 
by management had been suitably challenged 
and tested including, but not limited to, the 

The Committee has recommended to the Board 
that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP be proposed 
for re-election as auditor at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting.

Internal Audit
Before the start of each financial year, the 
Committee agrees a programme of work for  
the internal audit function. The programme  
is designed to test the effectiveness of the 
internal control systems and seeks to 
recommend improvements to processes, 
covering key financial and other controls which 
the Committee recognises are important in 
ensuring the integrity of the Group’s operations, 
as well as its financial reporting. The programme 
includes self-assessment questionnaires, 
detailed testing of processes and the review of 
appropriate documentation. The Committee 
receives each full internal audit report, including 
any comments by management and any 
recommendations for improvement made by 
the internal audit function. The use of computer 
aided audit techniques to monitor transactional 
data using the Group’s existing management 
information systems also continue to be 
developed and monitored, improving the 
efficiency, scope and effectiveness of the 
Internal Audit function.

During the year, the Internal Auditor developed 
an Audit Universe which has been adopted as 
the governing document in setting the scope 
and frequency of internal audit work across the 
Group. Each audit area is cross-referenced to the 
related corporate risk to ensure an integrated 
and targeted approach to the annual internal 
audit programme.

The 2021/22 programme included reviews  
of compliance with the Approvals and 
Authorisations Mandate and compliance with a 
number of the Group’s regulatory and legislative 
requirements. Business unit finance teams are 
required to complete a self-assessment 
questionnaire around their key financial controls 
before Internal Audit carries out targeted testing 
of particularly high-risk areas to ensure that the 
controls are operating as described. IT business 
system access controls and disaster recovery 
processes formed an important piece of the 
programme as did testing the procedures for 
management of the HS2 contract at Blackwell. 
Customer credit limit monitoring, compliance 
with the requirements of IR35 and the 
Construction Industry Scheme (CIS), the 
efficiency of insurance claim reporting and 
certain safety related procedures relating to  
the use of plant and heavy goods vehicles were 
also reviewed and tested. No material findings 
were raised across the audit programme.

The 2022/23 programme will again include 
cyclical reviews of compliance with the 
Approvals and Authorisations Mandate,  
key financial controls and various regulatory 
requirements. Assurance will also be provided 
around the tendering and contract 
management framework in the Services 
business. Contract management in Hargreaves 
Land and Groupwide business continuity 
planning form major parts of the programme. 
The Group’s recruitment processes and its 
employee training procedures feature in the 
plan as the Board puts particular emphasis  
on the skills and quality of its workforce  
at a time of low unemployment. 

Risk Management
The internal audit function reports quarterly  
to the Committee on the key risks identified by 
the Board as being so material that they need  
to be regularly monitored as to whether those 
risks have increased or decreased during the 
period and what remedial actions may need  
to be taken to counter them. Risk registers at a 
Business Unit level are reviewed on a quarterly 
basis, with any material changes being 
escalated to the Board. 

The Risk Management report which follows  
this report sets out these risks and the steps the 
Group has taken to mitigate them. The impact 
of the Covid-19 pandemic on operations both  
in the UK and abroad remains a risk to the 
business, although the Group has moved 
quickly to mitigate the risk where possible in 
line with evolving government guidance. 

Going Concern Basis of Accounting
The Group has material assets and financial 
resources at its disposal together with robust 
risk management and capital allocation 
processes. The Group’s cash flow model 
prepared as part of the annual budget  
and five-year plan process was subjected  
to a number of stress tests. These included 
measuring the impact of the deferral of certain 
specific anticipated revenues (for example in 
Hargreaves Land) alongside other more general 
sensitivity tests related to reductions in revenue. 
These assumptions and sensitivities were 
subjected to thorough analysis and review  
by the external auditor. The Committee 
questioned both management and the external 
auditor on the assumptions and testing they 
had applied and were satisfied to recommend 
to the Board that the going concern basis  
of accounting remains appropriate.

The Audit & Risk Committee Report was 
approved by the Board on 26 July 2022 and 
signed on its behalf by:

Nigel Halkes FCA
Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee 
26 July 2022

15

Annual Report and Accounts 20221. Strategic Report2.3.Risk Management

The Board retains overall 
responsibility for the identification, 
assessment and mitigation of risk 
throughout the Group.

The Group is exposed to a number of risks, 
which it must assess, manage and control in the 
ordinary course of business in the interest of all 
stakeholders to deliver shareholder value. It is 
accepted that some risks may never be entirely 
eliminated. However, the Board recognises that 
it is essential that management have robust risk 
management systems and practices in place  
to identify, assess and prioritise the mitigation  
of risks affecting the Group.

Safety, Health and the Environment 
The Board has identified that the risk of a 
material incident in the areas of Safety, Health 
and the Environment (SHE) is a particularly 
significant area and, as such, the Board 
continues to receive a detailed monthly report 
from the Group Head of Health & Safety. The 
Group’s approach to SHE is set out below.

The Board’s vision is to maintain an environment 
where all its employees, contractors and third 
parties experience zero harm as a result of its 
activities. To achieve this, the Group takes  
a proactive approach and is committed to 
achieving the highest standards of safety  
and health management and the minimisation 
of any adverse environmental impacts. 

The Board ensures that the Health and Safety  
of employees, customers and the public are at 
the forefront of all Group activities. The Group 
Chief Executive, supported by both internal  
and external competent and experienced 
advice, is charged with overall responsibility. All 
businesses have formulated and implemented 
SHE management arrangements consisting of 
competent staff along with policies, procedures 
and objectives to meet both legislative and best 
practice requirements. SHE performance and 
delivery is ingrained in the operational delivery 
and day-to-day activities and not seen as a  
bolt on to each business. Where appropriate  
the management procedures are externally 
certified to internationally recognised standards. 

16

Alongside management systems and legal 
compliance, the Group recognises the benefits 
that effective leadership and the setting of clear 
expectations has upon workplace behaviour. 
Therefore, the Group has visible performance 
metrics, which are communicated at all levels 
throughout the organisation and are designed 
to enable the early identification of adverse 
trends and the development of suitable 
intervention and improvement measures. The 
Board usually carries out annual random site 
visits each year to see SHE processes at first 
hand and to emphasise to employees the 
importance the Board places on SHE activities. 
Due to the Covid-19 site arrangements with 
regard to visitors these visits have not been 
possible during the last two financial years  
but are planned to recommence shortly. 

During the year, the Board has carried out  
a visit to Duisburg, Germany to meet with the 
management of its German Joint Venture  
and also to inspect its operational facilities.  
The visit included presentations by the HRMS 
management on its operating capabilities, 
financial performance, strategy and objectives.

The Board has been intensely focused on 
managing the ongoing risk to the business 
posed by the Covid-19 pandemic. A Covid-19 
steering Group, chaired by the Chief Executive 
and reporting regularly to the Board, was in 
place to ensure a consistent approach was 
applied across the Group with regards to the 
application of best practice in keeping our work 
environments Covid-19 secure and to also 
ensure a fair and caring approach to employee 
management and support. As local and national 
controls changed then the Group reviewed on a 
regular basis the working practices required for 
both legal compliance and effective operational 
management. An ongoing audit and inspection 
process remains in place in all work locations to 
ensure controls relevant to the risk of infection 
are in place and adhered to at all times although 
the Board assesses the risk associated with 
Covid-19 to be considerably reduced in 
comparison to one year ago.

The year ended 31 May 2022 was a year with  
6 lost time incidents reported, an increase  
from the prior year when the Group had zero 
such incidents. Clearly, this was disappointing 
however when looking at the long-term 5-year 
trend, this is a 50% improvement on the 
incident frequency rate from the years ended 
31 May 2017 and 2018. The total number of  
all accidents recorded was 30, against a prior 
year of 35, a reduction of 14%. There were no 
significant environmental incidents reported  
in the year within the Group and there are  
no SHE incidents currently within the Group 
under investigation by enforcing bodies.

Insurance
Over the last two years, the Group has worked 
closely with its risk advisors, Marsh, to develop 
processes and reporting in respect of motor 
and liability claims. This has resulted in the 
Group having greater insight in respect of 
ongoing claims, historic claims and claims 
trends. Learnings and best practice taken from 
this has resulted in an improved understanding 
of risk in relation to the Group’s operational 
activities and a reduction in incidents and 
associated claims.

Corporate Risks
The Board undertakes a full annual review of the 
Group’s risk profile and strategic approach to risk 
in light of the ongoing substantial changes to 
the Group’s operations. A condensed high-level 
Risk Register, which identifies key areas of 
corporate risk which the Board has determined 
are the most critical, has been reviewed and 
updated to reflect the Group’s current risk 
profile. These areas of risk have been selected  
on the basis that a material adverse event  
in any one of them could potentially either:
•  prevent the Group from achieving its 
financial or operational objectives or

•  cause material loss or damage to the Group’s 

assets or reputation.

Hargreaves Services plcThe identified areas of risk are monitored, 
reviewed and investigated as necessary by  
the internal audit function. The Audit & Risk 
Committee receives a written report on these 
risks every quarter, including a commentary 
which notes any material changes which have 
been identified. This report assesses whether 
each area has increased or decreased in the 
level of risk and where necessary corrective 
actions are implemented. 

The areas of critical corporate risk which  
have been identified are as follows:
•  Contractual Risk
•  Recruitment & Retention of Key Individuals
•  Regulatory & Legislative Compliance
•  Environmental 
•  Fraud
• 
•  Liquidity & Credit Risk
•  Failure of a Material Business Unit
• 
• 

Impact of Covid-19
Inflation

IT Security

Due to the current economic circumstances  
in the UK, inflation has been added as an 
additional key risk.

The Audit & Risk Committee has considered  
an assessment of the risks which the Group  
may face as a result of climate change but at  
this stage does not assess those risks as material. 
Each business unit within the Group has carried 
out a risk assessment process and identified  
and implemented mitigation procedures  
where appropriate. 

A table describing these risks and the mitigations in place throughout the Group to protect against them is set out on pages 17 to 19. 

Key risks

Contractual Risk

Mitigation

Multiple businesses of the Group enter into and manage diverse 
and complex contracts as part of their core operations. Bad 
planning, agreement to onerous terms, ineffective management 
and delivering services outside of the Group’s core competencies 
could all erode the value of the contract and increase the risk 
exposure to the Group. Attached to the risk surrounding contracts 
are the potential financial and reputational impacts on the 
resolution of defective works and warranty claims following 
contract completion.

•  Delegated Authority Mandates in place throughout the Group requiring 

appropriate levels of senior personnel to approve contracts. 

•  Requirement for legal review of all potential contracts which meet the  
agreed criteria, detailed within the Delegated Authority Mandates. 

•  Recruitment and employment of suitably qualified and competent personnel 
at all levels to undertake works to minimise risk relating to defective works  
and associated warranty claims. 

•  Targeting of contracts where scope of work fits core competency  

of available resources.

•  Contracts have specific risk registers, which are prepared at tender stage and 

maintained throughout the progress of the contract. These registers highlight the 
potential risks inherent in a particular contract as well as the controls required  
to mitigate them. They form a critical part of the management of the contract 
and are updated regularly throughout.

Recruitment and Retention of Key Executives and Skilled Employees

Key executives, senior management and skilled employees possess 
the industry knowledge and experienced without which our 
strategic objectives may not be achieved. If the Group is unable  
to recruit or retain both key executives and skilled employees, this 
could adversely affect the Group both operationally and financially.

•  The provision of remuneration and terms of employment that are competitive 

in the market.
Identification of key strategic roles across the Group.

• 
•  Succession planning for these identified key strategic roles.

Regulatory and Legislative Compliance

Failure of the Group or a business within the Group to comply  
with its applicable regulatory and legislative obligations, resulting 
in financial, reputational, and potentially criminal implications for 
the Group or its responsible employees. 

•  Appropriate and specialist management systems are in place across the Group 

to ensure compliance with our obligations. 

•  Competent and appropriately skilled individuals hold key roles in assuring our 

compliance to our regulatory and legislative obligations. 

•  Memberships to various trade bodies to highlight any issues, allowing for early 

planning and appropriate representation.

17

Annual Report and Accounts 20221. Strategic Report2.3.Risk Management continued

Key risks

Environmental

Mitigation

There are inherent environmental risks within some of the Group’s 
operations. If not properly managed, these risks could result  
in environmental contamination with disruption to business, 
financial costs and loss of reputation. 

Fraud

In the course of its operations, the Group is exposed to fraud risks 
from a number of internal and external sources.

IT Security

There is an increasing reliance on the stability and security of the 
IT network for delivering day-to-day operations, whilst the volume 
and types of data held within it increases. This reliance on IT 
increases the potential for sophisticated cyber-attacks to target  
the Group’s computer systems, infrastructure, networks and 
personal devices with the intention of paralysing operations  
for an immeasurable amount of time, carrying material financial 
and reputational implications for the Group.

Liquidity and Credit Risk

The failure of the Group to maintain access to liquidity could result 
in a material adverse financial impact for the Group.

The Group needs to ensure that sufficient liquid funds are  
available to meet its contractual demands and wider operational 
uncertainties, either through available cash reserves or external 
funding capacity. The Group has put in place a limited invoice 
discounting facility which provides working capital flexibility in 
addition to the Group’s cash reserves. The Group is no longer 
dependent on bank borrowings.

The Group’s trading relationships require contract and credit 
exposures to specific customers that are material to the results  
of the Group, sometimes over a long period. Credit risk arises from 
the possibility that customers may not be able to pay their debts.

•  Provision of clear guidance on the environmental standards which the Group’s 

operations must adhere to. 

•  Compliance with laws, regulations and industry best practice is a priority across 

the business.

•  Environmental management strategies are in place at all applicable sites and  

all mining ceased in July 2020.

•  The Group is in the process of developing its procedures for compliance with 
the requirements of the Taskforce for Climate-Related Financial Disclosures 
which are set out in the ESG section of this report.

•  Fraud risk management policy is in place across the Group.
•  Fraud risk awareness training has been rolled out across the Group.
•  Fraud risk is discussed regularly in the Audit & Risk Committee with both 

internal and external audit.

•  The Group has many controls and procedures in place to limit the risk of fraud. 

These controls include, but are not limited to, detailed Authorisation and 
Approvals Mandates, system automated controls, segregation of duties  
on particular processes and periodic Internal Audit reviews.

•  The Group has a dedicated IT function, with a high degree of skill and 

experience in maintaining and monitoring the IT infrastructure.

•  A risk-based IT strategy is in place focusing on four strategic initiatives: 

technology and innovation, compliance, culture and education and delivery.
•  Third party hosting of core business applications with a full business continuity 
and disaster recovery infrastructure as well as regular tiered backup solutions.
•  Mobile device management applied to all company devices to protect network 

and data via mobile platforms.

•  Full Checkpoint security application in place to cover our end-points,  

VPN connectivity and access to cloud platforms.

•  Global leading email security application presides over all email traffic, 

protecting against all targeted threats, phishing, malware and URL protection.
•  Full user security awareness programme with regular training videos rolled out 

to all users across the Group.

•  Whilst the Group is in a positive cash position, it maintains strong relationships with 
prospective lenders and seeks to put in place appropriate finance facilities aligned 
to both the short and medium-term requirements of the business with sufficient 
flexibility to manage liquidity fluctuations within reasonable parameters.
•  Short and medium-term cash flow forecasting is in place across the Group, 

ranging from daily cash flow forecasting to five year planning together with  
the annual in-depth going concern review.

•  The Group regularly assesses the financial reliability of customers.
•  The Credit Control function closely monitors and chases any overdue debts  

and the majority of the Group’s trade receivables are due for payment within  
45 days.

•  The Group remains vigilant to monitoring and controlling counterparty 

exposures that are material to the results of the Group. All such exposures  
are carefully considered before contractual commitments are made to take 
account of the risks presented by the contract or relationship, the returns 
available and the opportunities that are, or are not, available to mitigate  
that exposure.

•  Authorisation of credit limits is restricted to a limited number of individuals, 

with the input of third-party credit scoring.

•  A robust capital expenditure procedure is in place Group-wide to control 

investment in illiquid assets.

18

Hargreaves Services plcKey risks

Mitigation

Failure of a Material Business Unit

The Board assesses that the failure of HRMS in particular would 
create a material risk to the Group. HRMS is a key supplier of 
specialist raw materials to major European customers in the steel, 
foundry, smelting, ferroalloy, sugar, limestone, insulation, refractory 
and ceramic industries. HRMS has invested in the construction  
of a carbon pulverisation plant and owns a material steel waste 
recycling business, however this has not yet achieved critical mass. 
The Group’s share of HRMS profits represents a material contribution 
to the Group profit before tax. HRMS is independently funded from 
the Group, however HRMS owes the Group substantial monies in 
respect of undistributed profits and loans. Additionally, the Group 
has provided a €5m guarantee to HRMS’ bankers.

HRMS is exposed to the movements in certain commodity prices 
which can be variable and which could cause material fluctuations 
in profits. The Group’s share of HRMS’ profits represents a material 
contribution to the Group profit before tax.

HRMS’ subsidiary business, DK, recycles steel waste into pig iron 
and zinc. DK uses a small amount of gas in its production process. 
Additionally, DK’s supply of waste for processing comes mainly 
from steel mills which are large consumers of gas. Were there to  
be a gas shortage in Germany as a result of the conflict in Ukraine, 
the DK business could suffer a material adverse impact.

Impact of Covid-19

The continued spread and associated effects of the Covid-19 
coronavirus may have a significant impact on operations both  
in the UK and abroad, with key employees potentially requiring 
self-isolation, customers’ business operations being curtailed,  
and travel and communications being disrupted.

Inflation

The cost of living in the UK has been rising since early 2021,  
with inflation now reaching its highest recorded level in decades.  
Not only does this affect the ability of customers to afford goods 
and services, but increased costs along the supply chain may  
lead to reduced margins. Additionally, increased overhead costs 
and pressures to increase wages and salaries could affect the 
profitability of the Group.

Nigel Halkes FCA
Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee
26 July 2022

•  The Group’s investment in HRMS is governed by a shareholders’ agreement 
which provides a series of protective rights to the Group including controls  
over the approval of budgets, the granting of security and business activities.
•  The agreement provides step in rights to the Group in the event of a material 

breach of the agreement.

•  The Group Chief Executive is a member of the Board of HRMS which meets 

each month.

•  Monthly financial information is submitted to the Group and subject to review 

by Group Finance.

•  HRMS mitigates against its exposure to commodity prices by both hedging 
forward sales positions and ensuring that it does not enter into open trading 
positions so that purchases of commodities are back to back with secured sales.
•  DK is considering the installation of a liquid gas tank to provide resilience in the 

event of a gas supply shortage.

•  Pandemic policy has been issued to all staff.
•  All working locations have been made as Covid-19 secure as possible to protect 

• 

the safety of our employees and visitors.
IT systems in place to enable key employees to work from home and robust 
controls implemented in both office and site working environments providing 
appropriate social distancing and hygiene measures.

•  Contracts have been renegotiated where necessary to include cost escalation 

clauses to limit the impact of inflation on fuel costs for example. 

•  Many contracts are based upon “cost plus” principles which mitigates the 

impact of cost increases.

19

Annual Report and Accounts 20221. Strategic Report2.3.Environmental, Social & Governance

ESG refers to the three central 
factors in measuring the 
sustainability and societal  
impact of a company or business.

Waste  
Reduction & 
Mitigation

Employee 
Wellbeing

Reduce  
Carbon  
Footprint

ESG

Social 
Engagement

Metrics and 
Targets

Governance

Environmental

Monitors and reports how the Company 
controls its impact on the environment.

Social

Examines how the Company manages  
its relationship with employees, suppliers  
and communities.

Governance

Controls and monitors how the Company 
deals with its leadership, internal controls  
and shareholders.

20

Hargreaves Services plcEnvironmental

Hargreaves recognises the potential impact of 
its activities on the environment. The Group is 
committed to demonstrating its environmental 
performance in accordance with relevant 
legislation through robust measuring systems 
and appropriate goal setting, tracking and 
reporting on an ongoing basis. We have 
developed an ESG Working Group, chaired  
by a Business Unit Managing Director, which 
contains representatives from all Business Units. 
The ESG Working Group meets regularly to 
discuss risks and opportunities which climate 
change presents. Additionally, at each meeting, 
plant and transport activities, supply chains, 
social responsibility initiatives, and metrics  
and standards are analysed and reviewed to 
establish policies and minimum standards with 
a focus on embedding these within each of the 
businesses. This process is ongoing to ensure 
we remain vigilant and proactive to change.

Climate Change Assessment
Each business unit has carried out a risk 
assessment of the impact of climate change 
and embedded this into their risk register.  
No material impacts were identified. Climate 
change mitigation is reviewed by the ESG 
Working Group and changes and policies are 
implemented where necessary. This Group  
has representatives from all areas of the 
business to ensure collaborative action.

Waste Reduction & Mitigation

Staff are encouraged  
to reduce waste where 
possible. All office-based 
facilities recycle paper,  
card, plastic and 
aluminium. These are 
responsibly disposed  

of through an external provider. In addition, 
refillable printer cartridges are also used,  
where possible, to reduce waste and the amount 
being disposed of in landfill. Where printing  
is necessary, all printers are set to automatically 
default to print double-sided to reduce the 
amount of paper used. Where possible, IT 
hardware such as laptops and mobile phones 
are reallocated when an individual starts/leaves 
the business. These items have an approximate 
lifespan of four years, at which point they are 
assessed and, if deemed necessary, disposed  
of via an appropriate certified external provider.

The Group embraces the five steps of the  
Waste Hierarchy which are followed to reduce 
waste and limit landfill. When the use of 
cleaning products and chemicals are required, 
they are carefully and responsibly disposed  
of, following good working practices and  
in accordance with COSHH Regulations 2002, 
environmental permits and discharge consents.

Waste Hierarchy

prevention

reduction

recycling

recovery

disposal

MOST 
PREFERRED

LEAST 
PREFERRED

In the event that waste transportation is required, 
only hauliers with an appropriate and valid waste 
carrier licence are used. The disposal of both 
non-hazardous and hazardous substances is 
carried out in accordance with Environmental 
Agency guidelines to prevent discharges into 
water systems and prevent pollution.

In Hargreaves Land, our major joint-venture 
regeneration scheme known as Unity,  
in Doncaster, which is being developed  
around the site of the former Hatfield Colliery,  
is recycling historic colliery spoil waste to create 
valid fill material for use in land-raising across 
the Unity site.

Recycling/Waste Recovery Activities
Hargreaves is actively involved in projects to 
re-use waste streams from established steel 
plants. These projects focus on the removal  
of chemicals to ensure the waste is benign 
leaving re-usable products such as zinc,  
carbon and iron which would have ordinarily 
gone to landfill. Hargreaves has recently 
appointed a Waste Brokerage Manager  
to identify improved ways of recycling and 
disposing of all forms of waste in a more 
sustainable and environmentally conscious 
manner. Working with several selected partners, 
the Waste Brokerage business has, during this 
financial year, recycled 600 tonnes of large 
mixed earthmover tyres (approximately  
500 tyres) which would have previously  
gone to landfill. The tyres have been recycled/
recovered through a shredding and granulation 
process before being converted into recycled 
rubber products or a fuel source. In addition,  
in the region of £50,000 has been saved on  
the disposal and transportation of this type  
of waste.

Reduce Carbon Footprint

We actively seek to reduce our 
energy usage. Offices and units 
have LED lights fitted, low energy 
heating and efficient air-con units. 
Many office lights are movement 
sensitive, however, signs are in 
place to remind staff to switch  

off to reinforce the need for energy efficiency. 
The need for efficiency has also been highlighted  
in employee toolbox talks. We endeavour  
to reduce our paper usage and, as a result, 
stationery deliveries have been significantly 
reduced, as well as office waste collections.  
The Group is attempting to reduce Greenhouse 
Gas (“GHG”) emissions by ensuring buildings are 
suitably insulated, installation of more efficient 
boilers, and turning down thermostats  
in offices. Hargreaves Land endeavours to 
embed sustainability principles in all its new 
developments, wherever practicable, and 
subject to individual occupiers’ requirements,  
in particular incorporating renewable 
technologies and constructing unit 
specifications in accordance with BREEAM 
Sustainability Principles, where appropriate.  

21

Annual Report and Accounts 20221. Strategic Report2.3.Environmental, Social & Governance continued

Environmental continued

At our major joint venture regeneration scheme, 
known as Unity in Doncaster, two units will 
shortly be delivered on Unity ‘Connect’ which 
will target a BREEAM ‘Very Good’ rating as part 
of their construction specifications.

On sites of existing buildings, renewable energy 
and green technology have been utilised 
wherever possible and incorporated into 
business practices and functions. In other areas  
of the business, land has been remediated and 
restored to green spaces, in addition to the 
creation of renewable energy sources. We are 
working towards carbon sequestration through a 
programme of tree planting on three remediated 
former opencast coal mining sites. Via the Scottish 
Conservatory, we are in the final application stage 
for proposed new woodland to plant a potential 
1.6m trees, covering approximately 700 hectares. 
Once complete, there is the potential for 195kt  
of CO2 to be sequestered.

From November 2021, we have monitored and 
recorded the reduction in CO2 emissions due  
to the use of digital platforms, such as Teams 
and Zoom. We estimate, using Government 
statistics, that the tonnes of CO2 equivalent 
emission reduction from November 2021  
to the end of May 2022 was 596 tonnes.

Alternative methods of working are encouraged 
to reduce the need for unnecessary travel.  
To complement these working arrangements, 
employees take part in car sharing schemes and 
commuter clubs. We have also made electric and 
hybrid vehicles available to company car users, 
including a planned salary sacrifice scheme for 
these vehicles, and are also increasing the number 
of charging points at our sites, where practicable.

We strive to reduce product miles by using local 
suppliers. We work collaboratively with suppliers 
and request them to complete an annual 
sustainability questionnaire which, amongst 
other things, questions their ESG credentials 
and attempts to ensure they streamline their 
activities. We have carried out training through 
the Supply Chain Sustainability School to help 
adopt and develop good working practices. 
Where possible, we also purchase sustainably 
sourced personal protective equipment.

Within our fleet of HGVs, we have trialled  
the use of hydrogenated vegetable oil, with  
a view to sourcing it as an alternative to diesel, 
however, there are practical difficulties for 
longer journeys through the lack of ability  
to refuel. Additionally, alternative fuels are  
being sought for equipment such as heavy 
plant that is currently diesel powered.

22

Hargreaves has committed to installing 
telemetry into its entire vehicle fleet by 
31 December 2022. This initiative is aimed  
at improving driving skills and efficiency  
leading to reductions in fuel consumption.  
It should also lead to safety improvement.

ensure individuals have an awareness of  
ESG and what the business carries out and 
legislation it adheres to, as well as how they  
can help, both at work and at home.

Metrics and Targets

To further support Hargreaves’ drive for  
fuel efficiency and carbon reduction, it has 
employed two in-house driver trainers to deliver 
its own training requirements and to ensure  
the training offered is specific to the tasks 
encountered on a day-to-day basis. The driver 
trainers are also used to roll out sub-contractor 
inductions. Offering JAUPT approved training 
courses, including induction, means Hargreaves 
can deliver driver CPC training. 

All drivers receive competency-based 
assessments and mentor training during  
their initial commencement period. During 
employment, they will also receive a further two 
days minimum training per annum including 
Safe And Fuel-Efficient Driving training and 
manufacture specific training for each vehicle 
type, to again ensure efficient operating.

In another area of the business, Hargreaves was 
appointed by EKFB, the principal contractor for 
the central section of HS2, to design, construct, 
commission, operate and maintain a 750m 
conveyor system to move excavated material  
to a holding area for use on a project at a later 
date. The use of the conveyor reduces the 
amount of road haulage which would 
otherwise have been required and saves  
on emissions by eliminating over 78,000 lorry 
movements amounting to over 700,000 miles.

Employees are informed how they may assist 
the Company to aid the reduction in energy 
consumption and reduce the waste we 
produce. Relevant items and news stories are 
included in the Group’s bi-annual e-newsletter, 
and online training is also being produced to 

The Group currently 
measures and reports on the 
Energy Savings Opportunity 
Scheme (ESOS), Scottish 
Pollutant Release Inventory 
(SPRI) and Streamlined 
Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR). The 
reporting period for Greenhouse Gas (GHG) 
emissions is 1 June 2021 to 31 May 2022. The 
table below highlights the reduction in GHG 
emissions for this reporting period compared  
to the previous year.

Reductions have been achieved in Scope 1  
and 2 emissions, primarily as a result of the 
cessation of mining activities notwithstanding 
the substantial increase in activity in Specialist 
Earthworks. Scope 3 emissions have increased 
although it should be noted that the 2021 
emissions were lower than might have been 
expected as travel was restricted due to Covid-19.

Hargreaves has established metrics and targets 
which have been approved by the Audit & Risk 
Committee in the following areas:

Electricity and Gas Consumption
A target to reduce the MWh consumed per 
office based employee by 2% per annum.

Fuel Consumption
a)  A target to improve the kilometres per litre 

attained by the haulage fleet by 3% per annum.
b)  A target to reduce idling time in yellow plant 
from 34% to 32%, which would equate  
to a 6% reduction.

Scope 1 and 2 Global GHG emissions:

Combustion of fuels in operations 

and services provided

Electricity, steam, heat and cooling 

for own use

Total footprint

Emissions reported above  

per employee

Scope 3

Tonnes of 
CO2e 2022

Tonnes of 
CO2e 2021

Reduction/
(increase) 

kWh 2022

kWh 2021

24,703

28,200

12.4%

962

1,090

453

546

17.0%

25,156

28,746

12.5%

2,140

3,102

2,575

3,665

20.5

22.7

9.7%

2.5%

2.9%

Business travel (air, rail and vehicles)

4,479

4,237

(5.7)%

172

170

Hargreaves Services plcSocial

Employee Wellbeing

People are our most 
important asset, and we are 
committed to supporting 
our employees to enjoy  
a satisfactory work-life 
balance. To facilitate this, 
we provide flexible 

working opportunities, childcare subsidies, 
maternity and paternity leave. At point of 
recruitment, and whilst in employment, all 
employees are subject to our Recruitment  
and Selection Policy, Equal Opportunities Policy, 
Positive Work Environment Policy, Grievance 
Procedure Policy and Further Education Policy. 
These policies are strictly adhered to in addition 
to occupational health screening when 
appropriate to the role in question. We nurture 
promotional opportunities by offering 
development training which fosters staff loyalty, 
bolsters morale and encourages the retention 
of employees. Employees benefit from the 
Hargreaves Rewards platform which offers 
discounts at numerous high street and online 
retailers. In recent months, following a staff 
survey, a Breakout Room has been created  
to give employees a relaxed space away from 
their desks to take time out and for lunch 
breaks. The room provides refreshment facilities 
and is also stocked regularly with free fresh fruit.

In addition, an Employee Assistance Programme 
can be accessed free of charge for confidential 
mental health and physical support, as well  
as legal advice. To help support employees,  
we have a number of qualified Mental Health 
First Aiders who are the first point of contact 
around the Group. As illustrated by the certificate 
to the right, one of our Hong Kong businesses 
has been commended as a Mental Health 
Friendly Organisation. This is in recognition of 
the training delivered to their employees and 
for raising awareness of mental health issues  
in the workplace. The certification is recognised  
as a positive step forward by the Construction 
Industry Council, Health Department,  
and Labour Department in Hong Kong.
Additionally, employees have access to a 
confidential whistleblowing helpline, managed  
by an independent external provider. Hargreaves  
is associated with the Government Apprenticeship 
Scheme and associated Levy which helps 
encourage and support young people in the 
world of work, as well as welcoming pupils  
and students for work experience. 

Hargreaves believes in a fairer future for all. We 
believe everyone has the right to live without 
fear or prejudice regardless of race, age, gender, 
disability, sexual orientation, social class, religion, 
and belief. To help us achieve this we have  
a Recruitment and Selection Policy and an  
Equal Opportunities Policy. We also abide  
by the values of our “4 Rs” in our everyday work.  
These are: Responsible – sharing ownership  
and accountability for project outcomes at 
strategic, corporate and individual levels by 
engendering a collaborative, honest and 
transparent approach; Respectful – emphasising 
the wellbeing of those whom we encounter by 
understanding and recognising the sensitivities 
and values of other project parties, stakeholders, 
as well as our people; Relentless – adopting  
a high energy delivery-focused approach 
throughout the lifecycle of a project without 
falter; and Resilient – ensuring that we persevere 
when challenges and obstacles arise.

We have an emphasis on local employment 
initiatives. Our commitment, when mobilising  
a site within the community, is to recruit locally 
whenever possible by working with local 
councils and DWP initiative programmes. We 
work with clients to help achieve their Skills, 
Employment and Education Strategy by 
recruiting locally and upskilling and training  
to help the next generation develop technical 
skills for future infrastructure projects for the 
country, in conjunction with local training 
academies, where appropriate. We adapt  
to the ever-changing employment market  
and skills shortages, which helps to ensure a 
pipeline of skilled employees needed to deliver 
our business. We also engage with schools, 
universities and apprenticeship programmes  
as part of staff development. In addition, we 
partner with local training academies to train 
and develop heavy plant operators and HGV 
drivers to help overcome the national skills 
shortages in the relevant business areas.

The graphical information to the right illustrates 
the diverse nature of the Group, identifying  
the ethnicity and gender split of our workforce.  
The number of individuals who have identified 
themselves as disabled is 3.

Group Ethnicity Split

White British 68%
Asian 27%
White African 2.3%
Black African 2.3%
Black British 0.3%
European 0.2%
Mixed Race 0.06%
Indian 0.01%
White Caribbean 0.01%

Group Gender Split

11%

Female

Mental Health Workplace Charter

89%

Male

23

Annual Report and Accounts 20221. Strategic Report2.3.Environmental, Social & Governance continued

Difference in Mean Hourly Rate (£)

Bonus Pay – Mean Average (£)

20.00
18.00
16.00
14.00
12.00
10.00
8.00
6.00
4.00
2.00
0

£17.21

£15.23

Male

Female

9,000
8,000
7,000
6,000
5,000
4,000
3,000
2,000
1,000
0

£7,840

£3,181

Male

Female

Difference in Median Hourly Rate (£)

Bonus Pay – Median Average (£)

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

£14.10

£11.79

Male

Female

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

£1,162

£889

Male

Female

Grassroots Football
Hargreaves sponsors many local 
children and young adult teams. 
We sponsor the home and training 
team kits of Georgina, the 
daughter of Group Legal Counsel, 
David Hankin, who plays for her 
local under-8 girls team. 

The Alzheimer’s Society, to Macmillan and  
a local cancer trust. In addition to the monies 
allocated through the CSR Fund, we recently 
donated £25,000 to a Ukrainian charity. 

Our involvement is publicised internally via 
Hargreaves’ employee bi-annual newsletter 
and externally via the Group’s social media 
platforms of LinkedIn and Twitter.

The Group maintains its important link  
with Durham Cathedral, as one of their  
Gold Corporate Partners, which contributes 
to their work in supporting the local 
communities of the World Heritage site.

Social continued

Gender Pay Gap Report
The charts to the right show the difference  
in mean (average) hourly rate between men  
and women employed in the UK Group. Within 
that Group, the main areas of work are logistics, 
production and industrial services, including 
materials handling and maintenance. The 
majority of roles within these sectors are direct 
workers i.e. labourers, drivers, machine operators, 
shift workers with irregular working patterns. 
The median gender pay gap was 29.15%.

Whilst the hourly rates are higher for males,  
the median bonus average is higher for females. 
The percentage of females receiving a bonus 
(43%) is also greater than the percentage of 
males receiving a bonus (25%).

Social Engagement
Hargreaves believes in teamwork and 
through our global Corporate Social 
Responsibility Fund (“CSR Fund”), the Group 
donates £50,000 per annum and employee 
time towards a number of charities. These 
are provided through a combination of 
employee sponsorships, charities and  
clubs directly linked with employees, and 
office-based charity events, in addition to  
a number of employees giving their time  
to distribute food in their local communities. 
The Group supports a local charity that 
offers opportunities, facilities and support  
to those in various stages of recovery, 
counselling and rehabilitation, including  
a community allotment. For a number  
of years, many employees have given their 
time, and use of their vehicles, to deliver 
Christmas hampers, donated by local 
schools, to various nominated charities, 
including Age Concern. We also support the 
national annual campaigns for Wear It Pink 
Day and Jeans for Genes Day. In both cases, 
Hargreaves matches the donations of 
employees. We have also supported various 
charities through employee events, from 
donating in aid of Huntingdon’s Disease and 

24

Hargreaves Services plcSocial continued

Christmas Spirit
Prior to Christmas 2021, we repaired Santa’s 
sleigh to enable his annual visit to the local 
children of Cumnock, gainfully assisted  
by Hargreaves’ employee, Andy Caldwell.

Ukrainian Donation
Professor Makarov, head of military 
surgeons in Kharkiv, showing  
one of the Medtronic devices 
purchased as a result of the 
Group’s £25,000 donation. The 
devices allow them to continue 
essential thoracic trauma surgery.

Governance

Hargreaves is committed to maintaining high 
standards of corporate governance and has 
adopted the Quoted Companies Alliance 
Corporate Governance Code 2018 (“QCA Code”). 
The Company complies with each of the ten 
principles of the QCA Code.

Around the Group, businesses hold various 
accreditations including ISO45001, 9001 and 
14001. These highlight the high standards we 
continue to achieve. In addition, our Logistics 
business holds FORS accreditation. This is a 
voluntary accreditation scheme for fleet operators 
which aims to raise the level of quality within  
a fleet operation and demonstrates which 
operators are achieving exemplary levels of best 
practice, efficiency and environmental protection.

Hargreaves’ ESG Working Group reviews the 
Group’s strategy on environmental and social 
matters. The ESG Working Group aims to ensure 
that we have a consistent Group-wide approach 
to assessing environmental and social issues, 
including climate related risks and mitigation. 
Furthermore, the ESG Working Group considers 
future strategy on managing climate related 
risks and disclosures in light of the forthcoming 
implementation of the recommendations  
of the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (“TCFD”). The ESG Working Group 
reports to the Audit & Risk Committee and, 
through that, the Group’s ESG activities have 
Board level engagement. The Board is acutely 
aware of the Group’s ESG responsibilities  
and will continue to develop its governance 
arrangements in respect of environmental  
and social matters in the forthcoming year, 
including any changes required as a result  
of the requirements of TCFD.

25

Barnsley Hospice Golf Day
Hargreaves recently sponsored 
two holes at a golf day in aid 
of Barnsley Hospice. The day 
raised over £7,000 in total and 
Team Hargreaves, Richard Gill, 
Anthony Kelley, Dean Jones, 
Neil Atkinson, finished in 
second place.

CSR Accreditation
In May 2022, Hargreaves was awarded 
Gold CSR Accreditation, of which we 
are very proud. The accreditation is  
an effective way to benchmark what 
the Group does with regard to social 
responsibility. The process involves 
collation, measurement and reporting 
on the full range of socially responsible 
activities. Accreditation also provides  
a roadmap for planning future activity. 
The application process records  
activity against the four pillars of  
Social Responsibility – environment, 
workplace, community and 
philanthropy. Each pillar of Social 
Responsibility is designed for a 
company to report their impact on 
areas such as energy performance, 
recycling, staff engagement,  
health and well being, community 
engagement and supporting local  
and national charities.

The accreditation is for 
three years and a tree  
is planted, in our name, 
as part of the Green 
Earth Appeal.

Annual Report and Accounts 20221. Strategic Report2.3.Board of Directors

Roger McDowell (aged 67)
Non-Executive Chairman

Gordon Banham (aged 58)
Group Chief Executive

John Samuel (aged 65)
Group Finance Director

Gordon was Managing Director of his family firm,  
F Banham Limited, until 1994 when he negotiated  
its sale to Charrington Fuels and was appointed  
as General Manager of the combined businesses.  
On the acquisition of Charringtons by the CPL Group  
in 1995, he was made Distribution Director responsible 
for the enlarged group’s coal distribution activities. 
Gordon joined Hargreaves in 2001, subsequently  
being appointed as Group Chief Executive. He led the 
management buyout of the Company in 2004 and its 
subsequent flotation on the London Stock Exchange 
the following year. Gordon’s knowledge of the Group 
and its various business interests is unrivalled, and he 
continues to have a detailed involvement in all material 
matters with which the Group is engaged. Gordon is  
a Director of Robertson Homes (East Anglia) Limited.

John is a Chartered Accountant and qualified with 
Deloitte & Co in 1981. He became a partner with Baker 
Tilly in 1986, leaving that firm to join Filtronic plc in 1991, 
leading its flotation in 1994 and serving as finance 
director until 2004. He then served as Chief Financial 
Officer of Zetex plc for two years, before serving as 
Group Finance Director of Renew Holdings plc for 
twelve years from 2006, prior to joining the Company  
in January 2018. John is a Director of Ilkley Toy Museum 
Limited. John’s experience as the senior financial officer 
in a number of public companies, including those 
which have experienced substantial growth through 
business change, is particularly relevant to the Group. 

Roger was appointed Chairman of the Company and 
the Nominations Committee on 1 August 2018 after 
joining the Board in May 2018. He is also a member  
of the Remuneration and Audit & Risk Committees. 
Roger spent his executive career working in his family’s 
business, pipeline products distributor Oliver Ashworth. 
He was Managing Director for eighteen years, leading 
the business through dramatic growth (from £1m to 
£100m turnover), main market listing and ultimate sale 
to St Gobain. Thereafter he has taken on Chairman or 
non-executive roles in private equity backed and listed 
businesses in a variety of sectors including; engineering, 
manufacturing, waste management, renewable energy, 
financial services, IT, and telecoms. Roger currently 
serves as Chairman of Avingtrans plc and Flowtech 
Fluidpower plc. He is also a Non-Executive Director of 
Tribal Group plc, Proteome Sciences plc, British Smaller 
Companies VCT2 PLC, Brand Architekts Group plc and 
Koheilan Ltd. As can be seen from the above, Roger has 
extensive business management experience in both 
executive and non-executive roles which provides  
the Board with relevant commercial and governance 
experience. He also has strong relationships with many 
of the Company’s major shareholders, built up over 
several years with a number of companies.

David Anderson 
(aged 55)
Group Property Director

Nigel Halkes  
(aged 66) 
Non-Executive Director

Chris Jones  
(aged 56)
Non-Executive Director

Nicholas Mills 
(aged 31)
Non-Executive Director

David joined the Board as Group 
Property Director in November 2018. 
David joined from Henry Boot 
Developments Limited, the principal 
property development subsidiary of 
Henry Boot PLC, where he had served as 
a Director since 1996 and as Managing 
Director since 2005. He led the growth  
in revenue of that business from less 
than £10m in 2005 to over £220m  
in 2017. David’s 25 years of experience 
and success in the field of property 
development brings the appropriate 
knowledge and understanding of that 
market necessary to assist the Group’s 
growth in that business area.

Nigel was appointed to the Board  
in August 2015 and serves as Chairman 
of the Audit & Risk Committee. He is  
also a member of the Remuneration 
Committee. He is a Chartered 
Accountant and was a partner at Ernst  
& Young for 25 years, rising to become 
Managing Partner of Markets for the UK 
and Ireland, responsible for the firm’s 
growth strategy, key relationships, and 
business development. He retired from 
Ernst & Young at the end of 2013 to 
pursue a portfolio non-executive  
career spanning the public, private  
and charitable sectors. Nigel is a Non- 
Executive Director of Tribal Group plc and 
is a Trustee of Polka Children’s Theatre 
and the Hugo Halkes Foundation.  
Nigel’s extensive professional experience 
brings rigour and insight to the Board 
particularly with regard to financial 
accounting and risk management.

Chris joined the Board in April 2020 and 
serves as Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee. He is also a member of the 
Audit & Risk Committee. He is a property 
consultant and chartered surveyor with 
over 30 years’ direct experience working 
with a broad range of organisations 
within the UK investment and 
development sectors of the commercial 
property market. As a founding partner 
of his investment practice – Christopher 
Dee, based in Manchester, he has 
provided advice to a range of private 
and institutional clients on all aspects  
of commercial property investment, 
development, and funding work. Chris 
retains a role within Christopher Dee LLP 
to manage a UK wide unit linked 
property investment fund, where he 
reports directly to their board on all 
strategic matters. Chris is a Director  
of The Creative Property Group Ltd  
and Doon Villa Holdings Ltd.

Nick joined the Board in 2020 as 
Non-Executive Director. He serves on 
both the Audit & Risk and Remuneration 
Committees. He has been employed  
by Harwood Capital LLP since 2019  
after spending 5 years at Gabelli Asset 
Management in New York. He acted 
primarily as a Research Analyst covering 
the multi-industrial space and also 
gained experience in Merger Arbitrage 
strategies and marketing Closed End 
Funds. He has a Bachelor of Science 
degree from Boston College’s Carroll 
School of Management. Nick is a Director 
of Harwood Capital Management 
Limited, Harwood Capital Management 
(Gibraltar) Limited, Growth Financial 
Services Limited, 62 Pont Street 
(Freehold) Ltd, Circassia Group Plc, North 
Atlantic Investment Services Limited  
and Northbridge Industrial Services plc.

26

Hargreaves Services plcDirectors’ Report

The Directors present their Directors’ Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 May 2022. 

Principal Activities
The principal activities of the Group during the year were the provision of haulage services, waste transportation, processing of minerals, mechanical and 
electrical engineering and materials handling, dealing in plant and machinery, the development and sale of land, civil engineering, and specialist earthworks. 

Results and Proposed Dividend 
The profit for the year from continuing operations was £34,828,000 (2021: profit after tax of £16,406,000). Following the payment of an interim dividend  
of 2.8p per share on 6 April 2022, the Directors recommend a final dividend for the year ended 31 May 2022 of 5.6p per share.

The Directors also propose to declare an additional dividend of 12.0p per ordinary share in respect of dividends to be paid to the Company by Hargreaves 
Services Europe Limited, which owns HRMS.

It is proposed that the final dividend and additional dividend will be paid on 31 October 2022 to shareholders on the register on 23 September 2022.  
The shares will be ex-dividend on 22 September 2022. The proposed dividends have not been provided for in these financial statements as they were  
not declared and approved before the year end. 

Outlook
The current trading and outlook for the Group is disclosed within the Chairman’s Statement in the Strategic Report above.

Financial Instruments 
The financial risks faced by the Group and its policy in respect of these risks are set out in Note 30 of the accounts. 

Policy and Practice on Payment of Creditors 
The Group does not operate a defined code of practice regarding payment to suppliers. The Group determines conditions of payment for its own supply 
of goods and services. It is the Group’s policy that transactions are then settled in compliance with these legal or other contractual obligations having 
regard to good commercial practice. 

Directors 
The Directors who held office during the year and to date are as follows: 

Roger McDowell 
Nigel Halkes
Gordon Banham 
John Samuel 
David Anderson
Christopher Jones
Nicholas Mills

The names and biographical details of the Directors at the date of this Directors’ Report are given in the Board of Directors section of this Annual Report.

All Directors are required to retire by rotation every three years, in line with the Articles of Association. An evaluation of the performance of each Director 
and of the Board is carried out and the performance of each continues to be effective and demonstrates commitment to the role. The Directors required 
to retire by rotation at this year’s AGM are noted on page 95.

The Company provides indemnities to each of its Directors in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association. Additional 
information relating to Directors’ remuneration, service contracts and interests in the Company’s shares is given in the Remuneration Report.

The Directors who held office at the end of the financial year had the following interests in the shares of the Company according to the register  
of Directors’ interests:

Gordon Banham (held by GB Holdings (2021) Limited)
Gordon Banham
Roger McDowell
Nigel Halkes
Christopher Jones 
Nicholas Mills*
John Samuel
David Anderson

Class of share

Interest at  
end of year

Interest at 
beginning of year

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

2,646,825
29,704
442,557
5,000
79,369
–
28,000
58,100

2,646,825
–
350,000
5,000
62,910
–
28,000
32,775

*  Nicholas Mills is an employee of Harwood Capital LLP, which owns 9,200,000 ordinary shares of the Company, being 28.28% of the issued share capital.

27

Annual Report and Accounts 20222. Directors’ Report1.3.Directors’ Report continued

Details of Directors’ emoluments are set out in the Remuneration Report. All the Directors benefited from qualifying third-party indemnity provisions  
in place during the year and at the date of this Directors’ Report. 

Except as listed below, according to the register of Directors’ interests, no rights to subscribe for shares in Group companies were granted to any of the 
Directors or their immediate families or exercised by them during the financial year and up to the date of this Directors’ Report. None of the awards listed 
below may be exercised prior to 3 August 2024. 

Grant of Options 

Director

Gordon Banham
John Samuel
David Anderson

Exercise price per share

10 pence per ordinary share
10 pence per ordinary share
10 pence per ordinary share

Date of share 
award

Number of shares 
awarded

2 August 2021
2 August 2021
2 August 2021

41,611
41,611
22,292

The above options were granted under the Hargreaves Services plc Executive Share Option Scheme 2020.

Exercise of Options

Director

Roger McDowell
Gordon Banham
David Anderson

Exercise price per share

10 pence per ordinary share
10 pence per ordinary share
10 pence per ordinary share

Date of  
exercise

Number of shares 
exercised

4 April 2022
4 April 2022
4 April 2022

112,557
29,704
25,325

The above options were granted under the Hargreaves Services plc 2019 Share Option Scheme.

Retirement of Directors
In accordance with the Articles of Association one-third of Directors retire by rotation each year. The Directors retiring by rotation are David Anderson, 
Gordon Banham and Nigel Halkes, who being eligible, offer themselves for re-election. 

Disclosable Interests
As at 22 July 2022, the Company had been notified of the following shareholders with 3% or more of the issued share capital of the Company:

Shareholder

Harwood Capital LLP
Canaccord Genuity Group Inc
GB Holdings (2021) Limited
Downing LLP

Number of 
ordinary shares

% of issued share 
capital

9,200,000
3,929,921
2,646,825
1,925,951

28.28%
12.08%
8.14%
5.92%

The above disclosures are in accordance with the last TR1 notification to the Company by shareholders.

Employees
Applications for employment by disabled persons are always fully considered. Employment policies are designed to provide opportunities irrespective  
of colour, ethnic or national origin, nationality, sex, sexual orientation or marital status. In the event of employees becoming disabled every effort is made, 
including appropriate training, to ensure that their employment with the Group continues. 

The Directors recognise the importance of good communications and good relations with employees. Regular meetings are held between the Chief 
Executive and senior managers who cascade relevant information through their reporting systems. The Group intranet also provides regular information 
to employees to inform them of developments within the Group. An employee e-newsletter is issued on a six-monthly basis to inform individuals in 
relation to various topics around the Group including employee benefits and human-interest stories.

Directors’ Section 172(1) Statement
The Board acknowledges its responsibility under section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 and sets out below the key processes and consideration that 
demonstrate how the Directors promote the success of the Group.

The below statement sets out the requirements of the Act, section 172(1), and notes how the Directors discharge their duties. 

As noted in the Corporate Governance Report on pages 31 to 34, the Group is headed by an experienced and effective Board, which controls and  
leads the Group. The Board meets at least ten times per year, receiving appropriate information from management on a timely basis, and making further 
detailed enquiries where necessary to enable it to fully discharge its duties. Each decision that is made by the Directors is supported by papers which 
analyse the possible outcomes so that an appropriate decision can be made based upon the likely impact on the performance and position of the Group. 
This enables a decision to be made which best promotes the success of the Group and considers the impact on the wider stakeholder group. Factors 
below are all considered during the decision-making process.

28

Hargreaves Services plcLikely consequences of any decisions in the long term
As part of the Board’s decision-making process, they are given access to management papers which set out the potential outcome of decisions.  
The papers evaluate both the financial impact against forecast, as well as non-financial factors and how the decision fits with the strategy of the Group. 
Through a well-designed system of internal reporting and control the Board has devolved certain levels of autonomy to management to run and  
develop the business of the Group. 

The Group has an annual budget and five-year plan which is reviewed regularly to benchmark performance and achievements against its long-term 
strategy. Each year, the Board holds a session with each of the business unit Managing Directors and other senior management to review and reconsider 
the strategy of each business unit. This includes consideration of market conditions and opportunities, investment requirements and capital allocation, 
the overhead cost base and margins. The Board then considers the outlook for the entire Group and the opportunities to create, deliver and realise  
value for shareholders. The Board’s strategy is focused on delivering reliable and growing profits in its Services business, strengthening the pipeline  
of development projects in Hargreaves Land and supporting the growth of value in its German Joint Venture.

During the year, the Board recognised that some temporary surplus cash was available due to delays in investment in plant caused by global supply chain 
issues. Whilst the impact of those delays was managed through short term rental arrangements, the Board recognised that it could provide assistance  
to its German Joint Venture, HRMS, to take advantage of market opportunities by lending the surplus cash to HRMS on a temporary basis. The Board 
authorised the provision of these funds through a number of short-term loans. This meant that the Group’s surplus cash was being efficiently deployed  
in a low-risk manner and also provided HRMS with the ability to increase its trading capacity. 

Interests of the Group’s employees
The Directors actively consider the interest of employees in all major decisions. The Board encourages feedback from employees to improve the culture 
and working environment of the Group. The Group Chief Executive holds regular meetings with senior managers both to keep them informed of Board 
decisions and shareholder feedback but also to gather views and input from the business units. The senior managers then cascade that information 
down through the businesses through their reporting channels. Additionally, the Group’s intranet carries a range of statements and information updates 
which employees can access. 

As part of the Group’s response to Covid-19, senior management, including the CEO, business unit managing directors and HR representatives, met 
regularly to consider and implement actions to safeguard our employees. Government advice has been monitored, followed and any necessary steps 
implemented both in the office and site environments to minimise the risk to employees. These steps include the provision of appropriate personal 
protective equipment, hand sanitisers and signage and precautions to maintain social distancing. Working from home has been facilitated in accordance 
with government guidance where employees have been able to carry out their duties from home.

The Group also operates various LTIP schemes for the Directors and other senior employees based on performance criteria. The Board believes this 
encourages employee engagement in promoting the success of the Group and in aligning the financial interests of the Executive Directors and other 
senior employees with those of the shareholders. 

The need to foster the Group’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others 
The Directors have identified the stakeholders of the Group and review regularly to ensure adequate communication and engagement is ongoing with 
each stakeholder group. The Board recognises that the Group’s customers, suppliers and employees are crucial to its success. The Group has established 
long-term relationships with key customers and suppliers and the Board encourages feedback from them to improve decision making. For key customers 
and suppliers, appropriate due diligence is undertaken around their working practices and ethics as well as their financial stability and viability. 

One of our strategic priorities is our commitment to the highest practicable standards of health and safety, which has enabled us to secure and maintain 
valuable contracts, as detailed in “Impact of the Group’s operations on the community and environment” below. 

Impact of the Group’s operations on the community and environment
The Group takes its responsibility within the community and wider environment seriously. There are specific information channels in respect of health  
& safety matters. The Group has a proactive approach to safety, health and the environment and is committed to the highest practicable standards of 
safety and health management and the minimisation of adverse environmental impacts (as further detailed in the Environmental, Social and Governance 
report at pages 20 to 25 and “Principle 8: Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and behaviours” of the Corporate Governance 
Report). The Group publishes its annual global emissions in compliance with the streamlined energy and carbon reporting (“SECR”) regulations detailed  
in “Carbon emissions” below. This demonstrates the Group’s reducing carbon footprint following the cessation of coal mining operations. 

The desirability of the Group maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct
The Group is committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and has adopted the Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate Governance 
Code 2018 (“the QCA Code”). The Group’s approach in relation to complying with each of the ten principles of the QCA Code is set out in the Corporate 
Governance Report on pages 31 to 34. 

To strengthen further Group compliance with corporate governance, the Board undertakes a self-assessment annual performance review. The assessment 
provides an effective platform for reviewing performance and, over time, a greater focus has developed on particular recommendations, which has 
prompted fruitful discussions among the Board and influenced its operation. The 2022 review has been carried out with the Board focusing on those 
areas where one or more of the Directors had indicated a concern. In particular, the Board considered that Board diversity and ESG are areas for focus  
in the future.

29

Annual Report and Accounts 20222. Directors’ Report1.3.Directors’ Report continued

The Group has a strong ethical culture based upon its Code of Ethics which can be found on the Group’s website. The Group’s reputation is built on its 
values as a Group, the values of its employees, and the collective commitment to acting at all times with integrity. Part of the work of the Audit & Risk 
Committee involves reviewing the Group Whistleblowing Policy by which employees of the Group may, in confidence, raise concerns about possible 
financial or other improprieties. Where there is a need to seek advice on particular issues, the Board will liaise with its lawyers and nominated advisors  
to ensure the consideration of business conduct, and its reputation is maintained. 

The need to act fairly between members of the Group
An important role of the Board is to represent and promote the interests of the Group’s shareholders as well as being accountable to them for the 
performance and activities of the Group. The Board engages with its shareholders through presentations, conference calls, face-to-face meetings and  
the Annual General Meeting. Following the announcement of the Group’s half-year and year-end results, presentations are made to analysts and major 
shareholders to update them on progress and invite them to ask questions. The Board has also introduced the use of online real time webcasting of  
its results presentations which enables all interested parties, including private shareholders, to access information and to ask questions of Executive 
Directors. The Board is updated on the latest shareholder information by the receipt of shareholder register movements, analyst reports and feedback 
from the Group’s brokers and Financial PR Advisors following investor road shows after half-year and year-end results. The Board incorporates this 
feedback into its decision-making processes. All Directors attended the Annual General Meeting in 2021 and engaged in discussion with the shareholders 
present. The Group provides contact details on the investor relations page of its website and in the notice to the 2022 Annual General Meeting which 
investors can use to contact the Group, giving equal access to all investors and potential investors. 

Carbon Emissions
Information on carbon emissions in accordance with the SECR regulations is set out in the ESG report on pages 20 to 25. 

Methodology
The Group follows ISO14064:1 standard for its reporting and takes the operational control approach to reporting. The conversion of units of fuel used  
into tonnes of CO2e has been done utilising the UK Government Conversion Factors 2022.

Scope 1 emissions have been calculated by taking the total number of litres of fuel used in operations during the reporting period and converting them 
to tonnes of CO2e using the appropriate conversion factor.

Scope 2 emissions have been calculated by taking the total kWh of electricity and gas used at the Groups premises during the reporting period and 
converting them to tonnes of CO2e using the appropriate conversion factor.

Scope 3 emissions have been calculated by taking the total litres of fuel purchased for business travel as well as an estimate of emissions for business 
flights. 

Purchase of Own Shares
The Directors are authorised to make market purchases of the Company’s own shares under an authority granted at the Annual General Meeting held  
on 27 October 2021. The Directors will seek authority to make market purchases of up to fifteen per cent of the Company’s own shares at the 2022  
Annual General Meeting (full details are available in the 2022 Notice of Annual General Meeting).

Approval to Issue Shares
The Directors will seek authority to allot up to a maximum aggregate nominal amount of £1,084,255 at the 2022 Annual General Meeting (full details are 
available in the 2022 Notice of Annual General Meeting).

Disclosure of Information to Auditor 
The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this Directors’ Report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware and each Director has taken all the steps that he ought to have taken as a Director to make 
himself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information. 

Independent Auditor 
The Board proposes to reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditor. Resolutions concerning their continued appointment and to authorise the 
Audit & Risk Committee of the Board of Directors to agree their remuneration will be put to the forthcoming Annual General Meeting of the Company 
(full details are available in the 2022 Notice of Annual General Meeting).

By order of the Board 

John Samuel
Company Secretary 
26 July 2022

30

Hargreaves Services plcCorporate Governance

The Company is committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and has adopted the Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate 
Governance Code 2018 (“the QCA Code”). The Company’s approach in relation to complying with each of the ten principles of the QCA Code is set out below.

Deliver Growth
Principle 1: Establish a strategy and business model which promote long-term value for shareholders
The Board has established a strategy and business model which seek to promote long-term value for shareholders. This is set out in the Strategic Report 
section of this Annual Report. The Board’s strategy is focused on delivering reliable and growing profits in its Services business, strengthening the pipeline 
of development projects in Hargreaves Land and supporting the growth of value in its German Joint Venture. The risks to the Group posed by this 
transition have been evaluated by the Board and continue to be on a regular basis. These risks and the Board’s views on the mitigations which balance 
them are set out in the Risk Management section of this report.

Principle 2: Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and expectations
An important role of the Board is to represent and promote the interests of the Company’s shareholders as well as being accountable to them for the 
performance and activities of the Group. The Board believes it is important to engage with its shareholders and aims to do this through presentations, 
conference calls, face-to-face meetings and the Annual General Meeting. Following the announcement of the Group’s half-year and year-end results, 
presentations are made to analysts and major shareholders to update them on progress and invite them to ask questions. The Board has also introduced 
the use of online real time webcasting of its results presentations which enables all interested parties, including private shareholders, to access 
information and to ask questions of Executive Directors. The Board is updated on the latest shareholder information by the receipt of shareholder register 
movements, analyst reports and feedback from the Company’s brokers and Financial PR Advisors following investor road shows after half-year and 
year-end results. All Directors attend the Annual General Meeting and engage in discussion with shareholders present. The Company provides contact 
details on the investor relations page of its website which investors can use to contact the Company. 

Principle 3: Take into account wider stakeholder and social responsibilities and their implications for long-term success
The Board recognises that the Group’s customers, suppliers and employees are crucial to its success. The Group has established long-term relationships 
with key customers and suppliers and the Board encourages feedback from employees to improve the culture and working environment of the Group. 
The Group Chief Executive holds regular meetings with senior managers both to keep them informed of Board decisions and shareholder feedback but 
also to gather views and input from the business units. The senior managers then cascade that information down through the businesses through their 
reporting channels. Additionally, the Group’s intranet carries a range of statements and information updates which employees can access. There are 
specific information channels in respect of health & safety matters. The Group has a proactive approach to safety, health and the environment and is 
committed to the highest practicable standards of safety and health management and the minimisation of adverse environmental impacts (as further 
detailed below at “Principle 8: Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and behaviours”).

Principle 4: Embed effective risk management, considering both opportunities and threats, throughout the organisation
The Company’s approach to risk is set out within the Risk Management section of this Annual Report. The Board has devolved considerable levels of 
autonomy to management to run and develop the business of the Group. The Board believes that a well-designed system of internal reporting and 
control is necessary. The Board therefore continues to have overall responsibility to develop and strengthen internal controls. The Audit & Risk Committee, 
on behalf of the Board, has the responsibility for reviewing internal controls. The system is designed to provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance 
that the assets of the Group are safeguarded, that proper accounting records are maintained, and that reliable financial information is produced. All 
subsidiary undertakings are required to adhere to specified internal control procedures. The Audit & Risk Committee receives regular reports on internal 
control. Monitoring of compliance with the Group’s system of internal control is undertaken by all levels of management and the internal audit function. 
This is reinforced by the role fulfilled by the Audit & Risk Committee (as further detailed below at “Principle 9: Maintain governance structures and 
processes that are fit for purpose and support good decision-making by the Board”).

Principle 5: Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, balanced team led by the Chair
The Board
The Group is headed by an effective Board, which controls and leads the Group. The Board meets at least ten times per year, receiving appropriate 
information from management on a timely basis, and making further detailed enquiries where necessary to enable it to fully discharge its duties. 

The Directors attended the following meetings in the year ended 31 May 2022:

Attendance at meetings

Number of meetings
Gordon Banham 
Nigel Halkes
John Samuel
Roger McDowell
David Anderson 
Christopher Jones
Nicholas Mills 

Board 

11 
11 attended 
11 attended
11 attended
11 attended
11 attended
11 attended
11 attended

Audit & Risk 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

4 
n/a
4 attended
n/a
4 attended
n/a
4 attended
4 attended

2 
n/a
2 attended
n/a
2 attended
n/a
2 attended
2 attended

Nominations 
Committee

1 
1 attended
1 attended
n/a
1 attended
n/a
1 attended
1 attended

31

Annual Report and Accounts 20222. Directors’ Report1.3.Corporate Governance continued

The Board is collectively responsible for the long-term success of the Group and has ultimate responsibility for the management, direction and 
performance of the Group and its businesses. The Board is required to exercise objective judgement on all corporate matters and is accountable  
to shareholders for the proper conduct of the business. All Directors have access to the advice and services of Group Legal Counsel who assists the 
Company Secretary. The Company Secretary is responsible to the Board for ensuring that procedures are followed and for compliance with applicable 
rules and regulations. There is a clearly defined division of responsibilities between the Chairman and the Group Chief Executive. The Chairman is 
primarily responsible for the leadership and effective working of the Board. This is achieved by:
•  chairing Board meetings, setting the agendas in consultation with the Group Chief Executive and Company Secretary and encouraging the Directors 

to participate actively in Board discussions;
leading the performance evaluation of the Board, its Committees and individual Directors;

• 
•  promoting high standards of corporate governance;
•  ensuring timely and accurate distribution of information to the Directors and effective communication with shareholders;
•  periodically holding meetings with the Non-Executive Directors without the Executive Directors present; and
•  establishing an effective working relationship with the Group Chief Executive by providing support and advice whilst respecting executive responsibility.

The Group Chief Executive is responsible for the executive management of the Group and for ensuring the implementation of Board strategy and  
policy within approved business plans, budgets and timescales. Further details of the composition of the Board and Director’s attendance at Board  
and Committee meetings are set out in this Annual Report.

Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors bring a wide range of experience to the Group. The QCA Code states that the Board should have at least two independent 
Non-Executive Directors and that, since independence can easily be compromised, Non-Executive Directors should not normally participate in 
performance-related remuneration schemes. The Board currently has four Non-Executive Directors including the Non-Executive Chairman. The 
Non-Executive Chairman is a participant in the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan scheme entitled the Hargreaves Services plc Share Option Scheme 
2019, which was approved by shareholders at a general meeting of the Company on 22 January 2019. Whilst the Board considers that the Non-Executive 
Chairman is independent, save for his participation in the Hargreaves Services plc Share Option Scheme 2019, in any event, the Board has three other 
independent Non-Executive Directors.

Conflicts of Interest
The Articles of Association enable the Directors to authorise any situation in which a Director has an interest that conflicts or has the potential to conflict 
with the Company’s and Group’s interests and which would otherwise be a breach of the Director’s duty under section 175 of the Companies Act 2006. 
The Board has a formal system in place for Directors to declare such situations to be considered for authorisation by those Directors who have no interest 
in the matter being considered. The Nominations Committee reviews conflicts of interests when considering new Board appointments.

Principle 6: Ensure that between them the Directors have the necessary up-to-date experience, skills and capabilities
Details of the Directors’ skills and experience are set out in Directors’ biography page within this Annual Report. The Directors bring a wide range of 
expertise on issues related to operations, strategy and governance. The Board is satisfied that, between the Directors, it has an effective and appropriate 
mix of skills and experience.

All newly appointed Directors receive a full, formal and tailored induction on joining the Board, including meetings with senior management and advisers 
and visits to the Group’s operational locations. The Board calendar is planned to ensure that Directors are briefed on a wide range of topics throughout 
the year and are given the opportunity to visit sites and discuss aspects of the business with employees. The Board recognises that the Directors have  
a diverse range of experience and encourages them to attend external seminars and briefings that will assist them individually. Directors have access to 
independent professional advice at the Group’s expense where they judge this to be necessary to discharge their responsibilities as Directors. All Directors 
have access to the advice and services of Group Legal Counsel who assists the Company Secretary, who is responsible to the Board for ensuring 
compliance with Board procedures.

Whilst there have been no significant matters during the year on which the Board or any Committee has sought external advice, the Board is advised  
by its nominated adviser Singer Capital Markets. 

Principle 7: Evaluate Board performance based on clear and relevant objectives, seeking continuous improvement
To further strengthen Group compliance, the Board undertakes annual performance reviews that review and measure its effectiveness and that of  
its Committees. Each Board/Committee member completes an assessment, which provides numeric scoring against specific categories. Each Board/
Committee member also provides recommendations for improvement of the effectiveness of the Board/Committee. The assessments provide an 
effective platform for reviewing performance and, over time, a greater focus has developed on particular recommendations, which has prompted  
fruitful discussions among the Board and influenced its operation. 

The criteria for effectiveness include assessing: 
•  Key Board/Committee functions;
•  Board/Committee composition (including succession planning);
•  External reporting and information flows;
•  Board/Committee culture;
•  Board/Committee information for meetings and the meetings themselves; and
•  Board development.

Following this year’s annual performance review, which was carried out using a self-assessment questionnaire, the Board debated categories where  
at least one Director awarded a score of less than 3 out of 5.

32

Hargreaves Services plcThe 2022 review was carried out with the Board focusing on those areas where one or more of the Directors had indicated a concern. In particular,  
the Board considered that Board gender and ethnic diversity and ESG are areas for focus in the future. 

Alongside the annual performance review, the Chairman conducts an informal appraisal in respect of the Group Chief Executive and the Group  
Chief Executive conducts appraisals in respect of the other Executive Directors. For details regarding succession planning and the process for senior 
management appointments, please refer to the section entitled “Nominations Committee” (under the heading “Principle 9: Maintain governance 
structures and processes that are fit for purpose and support good decision-making by the Board”) below.

Principle 8: Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values
Culture
The Company has a strong ethical culture based upon its Code of Ethics which can be found on the Company’s website. The Company’s reputation  
is built on its values as a company, the values of its employees, and the collective commitment to acting at all times with integrity. Part of the work of  
the Audit & Risk Committee involves reviewing the Group Whistleblowing Policy by which employees of the Group may, in confidence, raise concerns 
about possible financial or other improprieties. The appropriateness of the Board’s corporate governance structures is reviewed as part of the Board  
and Committee effectiveness process described above.

Compliance with Laws
The Group has systems in place designed to ensure compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and conformity with all relevant codes of 
business practice. Compliance with the Bribery Act 2010 involves an Anti-Corruption Policy and a Group Whistleblowing Policy. Training is given to  
all appropriate employees through the use of online tools to ensure that there is full understanding of the Bribery Act 2010 and competition law and 
awareness of the consequences of not adhering to Group policies. The Group’s Whistleblowing Policy is used to encourage staff to raise concerns in  
the knowledge that concerns raised in good faith will be taken seriously and investigated. 

The Group has taken the appropriate steps to comply with the provisions of the Market Abuse Regulation and the Modern Slavery Act. The Group has put 
in place processes and policies to comply with the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) and has a Data Protection Officer who is responsible for: 
managing information governance; implementing the requirements of GDPR; and arranging for online training to be given to appropriate employees.

Safety, Health and Environment
The Group has a proactive approach to safety, health and the environment and is committed to the highest practicable standards of safety and health 
management and the minimisation of adverse environmental impacts. The Board ensures that health and safety issues for employees, customers and  
the public are of foremost concern in all Group activities and ingrained in day-to-day activities. The Group Chief Executive, supported by external advice, 
is charged with overall responsibility. The Group encourages both internal and external training through a formal network of full-time officers and Health 
and Safety nominated “champions” at all levels. Statistical analysis is used to highlight any areas where additional training or improved working practices 
would be beneficial, and positive action is promptly implemented. All divisions have formulated safety management systems. To protect employees, 
customers and contractors, the Group implemented, and continues to have, a series of measures to safeguard against the threat posed by Covid-19  
both in the office environment and at sites details of which are set out in the Risk Management section of this Annual Report.

Environmental, Social and Governance
The Group has established a cross-business ESG Working Group to assess procedures, review methods and identify goals to enable balanced judgements 
to be made going forward. The ESG Working Group is working towards the requirements of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”), 
which the Group will be obliged to report on for the year ending 31 May 2023. The ESG Working Group’s findings form an integral part of financial reports 
and investor presentations. Further details can be found together within the Environmental, Social and Governance report at pages 20 to 25. 

Principle 9: Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit for purpose and support good decision-making by the Board
The Board
Please see details above at “Principle 5: Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, balanced team led by the Chair”. The Board has a schedule of matters 
which are specifically reserved for its decision which can be viewed on the Company’s website.

Board Committees
The Board has three Committees that assist in the discharge of its responsibilities:
•  Remuneration;
•  Audit & Risk; and
•  Nominations.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee, which has been chaired by Christopher Jones since the 2020 Annual General Meeting and comprises the Non-Executive 
Directors, is responsible for making recommendations to the Board on the Group’s framework of executive remuneration and its cost. The Committee 
determines the contract terms, remuneration and other benefits for each of the Executive Directors, including performance-related bonus schemes, 
pension rights and compensation payments. The Board itself determines the remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors. Further details on the 
composition and work of the Remuneration Committee are set out in the Remuneration Committee Report within this Annual Report. The Terms  
of Reference of the Remuneration Committee can be viewed on the Company’s website. 

33

Annual Report and Accounts 20222. Directors’ Report1.3.Corporate Governance continued

Audit & Risk Committee
The Audit & Risk Committee, which is chaired by Nigel Halkes and comprises the Non-Executive Directors, is responsible for reviewing a wide range  
of financial reporting and related matters including the half-year and annual accounts before their submission to the Board. The Committee is required  
to focus in particular on critical accounting policies and practices adopted by the Group, and any significant areas of judgement that materially impact 
reported results. It is also responsible for monitoring the internal controls that are operated by management to ensure the integrity of the information 
reported to the shareholders. An internal audit function, which reports directly to the Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee, supports the Audit & Risk 
Committee in this process. The Committee provides a forum for reporting by the Group’s external auditors, and advises the Board on the appointment, 
independence and objectivity of the external auditors and on their remuneration both for statutory audit and non-audit work. It also discusses the  
nature, scope and timing of the statutory audit with the external auditors. The Committee also reviews the appropriateness of the annual internal  
audit programme for the Group and ensures that the business risk management and internal audit functions are adequately sponsored and resourced. 
The ESG Working Group reports quarterly to the Committee. The Committee meetings are also attended, by invitation, by the Chief Executive and Group 
Finance Director. The Committee meets not less than four times annually. Further details on the composition and work of the Audit & Risk Committee  
are set out in the Audit & Risk Committee Report within this Annual Report. The Terms of Reference of the Audit & Risk Committee can be viewed  
on the Company’s website.

Nominations Committee
The Nominations Committee, which is chaired by Roger McDowell and comprises the Non-Executive Directors and the Group Chief Executive, is responsible 
for reviewing the structure, size and composition required of the Board when compared to its current position. It makes recommendations to the Board 
with regard to any changes and considers and reviews succession planning for Board Directors, taking into account the challenges and opportunities facing the 
Group. It identifies and nominates for Board approval suitable candidates to fill Board vacancies as and when they arise, and it keeps under review both the 
Executive and Non-Executive leadership needs of the Company to enable the Group to compete effectively in the marketplace. The Nominations Committee 
also has responsibility for evaluating the performance of Non-Executive Directors, recommending as appropriate re-appointment of Non-Executive 
Directors at the end of their specified terms of office, and overseeing the re-election by shareholders of any Director under the “retirement by rotation” 
provisions in the Company’s articles of association. The Terms of Reference of the Nominations Committee can be viewed on the Company’s website. 

All Directors have service agreements or letters of appointment and the details of their terms are set out in the Remuneration Report. 

The Committee recognises the benefits to the Group of diversity in the workforce and in the composition of the Board itself. While the Company will 
continue to make all appointments based on the best candidate for the role and without prejudicing its policy of appointing the most suitable applicant 
for any role, it is aware of the desirability of female and minority representation. In making senior appointments the Board will give particular weight  
to addressing diversity in the constitution of senior management including directors.

Evolution of Governance Framework
The Board continuously monitors its composition and governance framework taking into account effectiveness and the Group’s strategy.

Principle 10: Communicate how the Company is governed and is performing by maintaining a dialogue with shareholders and  
relevant stakeholders
In addition to this Annual Report, the Company’s website contains full information on the governance, management and activities of the Group  
and features all presentations given by the Executive Directors to shareholders.

Approval
The Board approved the Corporate Governance Report on 26 July 2022. 

Roger McDowell
Chairman
26 July 2022

34

Hargreaves Services plcRemuneration Report
Christopher Jones, Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Responsibilities and Role of the Remuneration Committee 
The Committee’s principal function is to review the remuneration of the Executive Directors. It also monitors the remuneration of the Group’s senior 
managers. The remuneration strategy, policy and approach for all staff, is also reviewed annually by the Committee. The full Terms of Reference of the 
Committee are available on the website. 

The policy for the current and future financial years for the remuneration and incentivisation of the Executive Directors is as follows:
• 
• 
• 

to ensure that individual rewards and incentives are aligned with the performance of the Company and the interests of shareholders;
to ensure that performance-related elements of remuneration constitute a material proportion of an executive’s remuneration package; and
to maintain a competitive remuneration package which enables the Company to attract, retain and motivate high-calibre executives.

The Committee reviews the Company’s executive remuneration arrangements and implements incentive arrangements to support the objective of 
rewarding those individuals who deliver real and genuine shareholder value. In developing the arrangements, the Committee and its advisers consider 
current market practice.

Membership of the Committee 
The members of the Committee, which met on two occasions during the year, were: 

Christopher Jones (Chair)
Nigel Halkes 
Roger McDowell
Nicholas Mills 

All members of the Committee are Non-Executive Directors and are recognised by the Board as capable of bringing independent judgement to bear. 
Christopher Jones has chaired the Committee throughout the year and its membership has been unchanged. The Group Chief Executive is consulted 
and invited to attend meetings, when appropriate. The Group Finance Director also attended meetings as required and provided relevant information  
to the Committee to ensure that the Committee’s decisions are informed and take account of pay and conditions across the Group. No Director can be 
present when his own remuneration is discussed.

During the year the Committee reviewed and considered the proposed appointment of all new employees whose basic salary was in excess of £100,000; 
annual pay rises and conditions of service for all employees earning over £100,000 per annum; bonus scheme arrangements; the vesting and granting  
of Long-Term Incentive Plans; the principles governing the Group’s annual pay review; and the effectiveness of the Committee.

Components of Executive and Senior Management Remuneration
Basic Salary 
This is a fixed cash sum, payable monthly. Salaries are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee in the light of individual performance, 
experience in the role and market comparisons. Considering the current economic conditions prevalent in the UK, a cost of living increase of 6% was 
awarded at 1 June 2022 to all UK employees including the Executive Directors. The Executive Directors did not receive any increase to their basic salaries 
as at 1 June 2021. During the year, there have been no changes to the benefits which the Executive Directors receive. 

35

Annual Report and Accounts 20222. Directors’ Report1.3.Remuneration Report continued

Annual Bonus 
Executive Directors participate in an annual incentive bonus scheme linked to the actual achievement of a Group profit before tax target set by the 
Committee. Additionally, should that target be achieved, a deduction of 10% is made if the Group Health & Safety target is not achieved. For the year 
ended 31 May 2022, the Committee also set some specific cash targets for the Group which would have resulted in a further deduction of 10% of any 
bonus earned should they not have been achieved. The total bonus which could have been earned was capped at 100% of salary in respect of the Chief 
Executive and the Group Finance Director and 75% in respect of the Group Property Director. Bonuses do not count towards the calculation of pension 
entitlement. The bonus target for the financial year ended 31 May 2022 was achieved and accordingly total bonuses amounting to £879,000 have been 
earned. Total bonuses of £919,000 were earned in respect of the financial year ended 31 May 2021. Similar criteria have been set in respect of bonus 
arrangements for the financial year ending 31 May 2023. As part of the terms of his recruitment, David Anderson received a guaranteed bonus of £40,000 
for the year ended 31 May 2021. No such entitlement applied for the year ending 31 May 2022.

Long-Term Incentives 
From time to time, the Executive Directors and other senior employees have been invited to participate in Long-Term Incentive Plans (“LTIPs”), whereby 
shares in the Group are awarded subject to performance criteria. The Board believes that such plans are an important element of overall executive 
remuneration and assist in aligning the financial interests of Executive Directors and other senior employees with those of the shareholders. 

At the Annual General Meeting held on 30 October 2019, shareholders approved a new Long Term Incentive Plan, the Hargreaves Services plc Executive 
Share Option Scheme, under which all awards are now made. Details of this LTIP and awards made under it are set out below.

Benefits in Kind and Pensions 
In addition to basic salary, Executive Directors are entitled to the following benefits: paid holiday, company car, contributions to a personal pension plan 
and life assurance, private medical insurance and permanent health insurance. No Director has benefits under any of the Group’s defined benefit pension 
schemes.

Non-Executive Directors’ Remuneration
The Non-Executive Chairman’s basic salary was £80,000 per annum and other Non-Executive Directors received a basic salary of £40,000 per annum. 
These basic salaries increased by 6% from 1 June 2022. Additionally, the other Non-Executive Directors receive an additional £2,500 per annum for 
chairing each Board Committee and N Halkes receives £2,500 for acting as Senior Independent Director. From 1 June 2022, the additional sum paid  
for the chairing of a Board Committee and acting as Senior Independent Director has been increased to £2,750.

Directors’ Remuneration for the Year to 31 May 2022 (Audited)

Salary/Fees 

Bonus

Benefits

LTIPs

Total

Pension

Gordon Banham
John Samuel
David Anderson
Roger McDowell
Nigel Halkes
Christopher Jones
Nicholas Mills

2022 
£000

470
280
225
80
45
43
40

2021 
£000

470
280
225
80
45
43
29

Total

1,183

1,172

2022 
£000

470
280
84
–
–
–
–

834

2021 
£000

2022 
£000

2021 
£000

470
280
169
–
–
–
–

919

45
18
13
–
–
–
–

76

56
19
17
–
–
–
–

92

2022 
£000

167
–
142
632
–
–
–

941

2021  
000

2022 
£000

2021 
£000

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

1,152
578
464
712
45
43
40

996
579
411
80
45
43
29

3,034

2,183

2022 
£000

118
42
45
–
–
–
–

205

2021 
£000

118
42
45
–
–
–
–

205

Notes:
David Anderson’s contract includes a guaranteed bonus of £40,000 for the year ended 31 May 2021.
Nicholas Mills’ emoluments in 2021 represent the period from 9 September 2020 to 31 May 2021.

Directors’ Service Contracts and Letters of Appointment
The Directors have entered into service agreements and letters of appointment with the Company and the principal terms are as follows: 

Date of latest agreement

Name

Position

Commencement of  
period of office

2021/22  
annual salary (£)

3 September 2013

Gordon Banham 

Group Chief Executive 

23 February 2004

2 January 2018

John Samuel

Group Finance Director

2 January 2018

14 November 2018

David Anderson

Group Property Director

12 November 2018

11 May 2018

Roger McDowell

Non-Executive Chairman

11 May 2018

21 August 2015

Nigel Halkes

Non-Executive Director

21 August 2015

1 April 2020

Christopher Jones

Non-Executive Director

1 April 2020

9 September 2020

Nicholas Mills

Non-Executive Director

9 September 2020

470,442

280,000

225,000

80,000

45,000

42,500

40,000

Notice period

12 months 

6 months

6 months 

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

36

Hargreaves Services plcNon-Executive Directors are not generally eligible to participate in any incentive plans, share option schemes or Company pension arrangements and are 
not entitled to any payment in compensation for any early termination of their appointment, although, as a condition of Roger McDowell’s appointment, 
he was granted LTIPs as set out below.

Directors’ Share Options 
No rights to subscribe for shares in Group companies were granted to any of the Directors or their immediate families, or exercised by them, during the 
financial year and up to the date of this Directors’ Report except as indicated below. At 31 May 2022, no Director holds any rights to subscribe for shares  
in Group companies other than those related to options which have vested but not yet exercised.

Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) (Audited)
The Hargreaves Services plc Executive Share Option Scheme
At the Annual General Meeting held on 30 October 2019, the Hargreaves Services plc Executive Share Option Scheme (“the Executive Share Option 
Scheme”) was approved by shareholders. The scheme contains performance criteria measuring both the Company’s own Total Shareholder Return  
over a three-year period and its comparative performance against a basket of other listed companies. It is envisaged that awards with a value up to  
50% of a recipient’s base salary will be made annually under the Executive Share Option Scheme to Executive Directors and other senior management  
as determined by the Committee. During the year ended 31 May 2022, a total of 146,532 awards were made of which 105,514 related to Executive 
Directors awards as set out below:

Director

Gordon Banham
John Samuel
David Anderson

Date of grant

2 August 2021
2 August 2021
2 August 2021

Exercise price

10p per share
10p per share
10p per share

No. of options granted

Exercise period

41,611
41,611
22,292

3 Aug 2024-2 Aug 2026
3 Aug 2024-2 Aug 2026
3 Aug 2024-2 Aug 2026

Additionally, the following awards were granted in the year ended 31 May 2021:

Director

Gordon Banham
John Samuel
David Anderson

Date of grant

5 August 2020
5 August 2020
5 August 2020

Exercise price

10p per share
10p per share
10p per share

No. of options granted

Exercise period

63,927
63,927
51,370

6 Aug 2023-5 Aug 2025
6 Aug 2023-5 Aug 2025
6 Aug 2023-5 Aug 2025

The performance criteria use the average mid-market closing Share price for the 21 Trading Days preceding 1 June during the year of the grant of the 
Option as a “Base Value”. The number of Shares to be acquired on the exercise of an Option is dependent on the Total Shareholder Return on the third 
anniversary of the Date of Grant (“Strike Date”) calculated by reference to the average Share price for the 21 Trading Days preceding the Strike Date.

The performance parameters for Total Shareholder Return are split equally between two parts as follows:

1.  50% of the Option is based upon the Company’s performance (the “Company Performance Option”). If the Total Shareholder Return figure on  

the Strike Date reflects 100% or more growth in excess of the Base Value, the Company Performance Option may be exercised in full. If the Total 
Shareholder Return figure at the Strike Date reflects less than 25% growth in excess of the Base Value, the Company Performance Option lapses and 
ceases to be exercisable. In the event that the Total Shareholder Return figure at the Strike Date reflects percentages between 25% growth and 100% 
growth above the Base Value, the number of shares to be acquired under the Company Performance Option is based on a linear calculation between 
the 25% growth and 100% growth outcomes from zero at 25% growth to 100% at 100% growth or greater.

2.  50% of the Option is based upon benchmarking the Company’s performance against the Peer Group (the “Peer Group Performance Option”). The 

growth of each of the companies in the Peer Group is measured using the average mid-market closing share price of such company for the 21 Trading 
Days preceding 1 June during the year of grant of the Option and calculating the growth at the Strike Date by reference to the average share price for 
the 21 Trading Days preceding the Strike Date. The growth of the Company (measured using the Base Value and the Strike Value) is then ranked in the 
“Peer Group TSR List” alongside the growth of the companies in the Peer Group. If the Company: 
• 
• 
• 

is ranked below the median position of the Peer Group TSR List, the Peer Group Performance Option lapses and is not exercisable; 
is ranked first in the Peer Group TSR List, the Peer Group Performance Option may be exercised in full; and
is ranked at or above the median of the Peer Group TSR List but below first, the number of shares in respect of which the Peer Group Performance 
Option may be exercised shall be calculated on a straight line basis from 25% at the median position to 100% for ranking first (rounded up to the 
nearest whole number of Shares).

No option shall be granted under the Executive Share Option Scheme on any date if, as a result, the total number of shares issued or issuable pursuant  
to options and other rights granted under the Executive Share Option Scheme together with any other employee share scheme established by the 
Company on or after Admission, would exceed 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company on the date of grant. 

37

Annual Report and Accounts 20222. Directors’ Report1.3.Remuneration Report continued

The Hargreaves Services plc Share Option Scheme 2019
On 22 January 2019, shareholders in general meeting approved an LTIP scheme, the Hargreaves Services plc Share Option Scheme 2019 (“the Share 
Option Scheme 2019”). The following awards were granted in the year ended 31 May 2019:

Director

Roger McDowell
Gordon Banham
John Samuel
David Anderson

Date of grant

30 January 2019
30 January 2019
30 January 2019
30 January 2019

Exercise price

10p per share
10p per share
10p per share
10p per share

No. of options granted

Exercise period

285,144
75,250
75,250
64,157

31 Jan 2022-30 Jan 2024
31 Jan 2022-30 Jan 2024
31 Jan 2022-30 Jan 2024
31 Jan 2022-30 Jan 2024

The Share Option Scheme 2019 requires a minimum 35% Total Shareholder Return to be achieved over the three-year period ending on 31 July 2021  
(“the Vesting Period”) from a base value of £3.52 (“Base Value”) before vesting can commence. 100% vesting would occur at an 85% Total Shareholder 
Return over the above period from the Base Value. The rules of the Share Option Scheme 2019 allow participants to exercise options, to the extent they 
have satisfied the performance conditions, after the expiry of the Vesting Period. An option lapses five years after the date of the grant, except if the 
participant dies, in which case the option lapses 12 months following death, whichever date is earlier. No disposal may be made of any shares arising from 
the exercise of an option until five years after the date of grant other than to satisfy any tax liability arising on exercise. The options under the Share Option 
Scheme 2019 lapse if the minimum performance criterion is not met. No further options will be granted under the Share Option Scheme 2019. 

During the year 167,586 of these options vested and were exercised as set out below. Each director has retained ownership of the shares following their 
exercise. John Samuel holds 29,704 of these options which have vested but which he has not yet exercised. The remaining options which were issued 
under the Share Option Scheme 2019 have lapsed.

Exercise of Options

Director

Exercise price per share

Date of exercise

Number of shares exercised

Roger McDowell
Gordon Banham
David Anderson

10 pence per ordinary share
10 pence per ordinary share
10 pence per ordinary share

4 April 2022
4 April 2022
4 April 2022

112,557
29,704
25,325

Ordinary shares issued pursuant to either the Executive Share Option Scheme or the Share Option Scheme 2019 scheme shall rank pari passu in all 
respects with the ordinary shares already in issue. 

Deferred Bonus Scheme
A Deferred Bonus Scheme (“the Deferred Bonus Scheme”) was implemented in December 2019. Deferred Bonus Scheme J was implemented on 2 August 2021 
when a total of 14,820 options were granted to an employee who is not a Director. Details are set out in Note 27 to the financial statements. 

The Deferred Bonus Scheme is designed to allow awards to be made to Executive Directors and eligible employees in order to attract and retain key 
members of staff. The awards under the Deferred Bonus Scheme are based on a percentage of salary. This figure is then converted into a number of 
shares using the mid-closing price of a Hargreaves Services plc ordinary share on the day preceding the award. Other than serving the retention period  
of three years from the date of award, the Deferred Bonus Scheme has no performance criteria.

The Remuneration Committee Report was approved by the Board on 26 July 2022 and signed on its behalf by:

Christopher Jones
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
26 July 2022

38

Hargreaves Services plcStatement of Directors’ Responsibilities 
in Respect of the Financial Statements

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulation. 

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the directors have prepared the group and the 
company financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards.

Under company law, directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs 
of the group and company and of the profit or loss of the group for that period. In preparing the financial statements, the directors are required to:
•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
•  state whether applicable UK-adopted international accounting standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and 

explained in the financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and
•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the group and company will continue in business.

The directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the group and company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The directors are also responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the group’s and company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the group and company and enable them to ensure that  
the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation 
and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ confirmations
In the case of each director in office at the date the directors’ report is approved:
•  so far as the director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the group’s and company’s auditors are unaware; and
• 

they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information  
and to establish that the group’s and company’s auditors are aware of that information.

39

Annual Report and Accounts 20222. Directors’ Report1.3.Independent Auditors’ Report 
to the members of Hargreaves Services plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion, Hargreaves Services plc’s group financial statements and company financial statements (the “financial statements”):
•  give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the company’s affairs as at 31 May 2022 and of the group’s profit and the group’s  

and company’s cash flows for the year then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards; and
•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts (the “Annual Report”), which comprise: the Group and Parent 
Company Balance Sheets as at 31 May 2022; the Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income, the Group and Parent 
Company Statements of Changes in Equity and the Group and Parent Company Cash Flow Statements for the year then ended; and the notes to the 
financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) 
are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence  
we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, 
which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with  
these requirements.

Our audit approach

Overview
Audit scope
•  The group is structured along four segments being Services, Hargreaves Land, Hargreaves Services Europe ‘HSEL’ with the remaining areas of the  

group included in an Unallocated segment. The group financial statements are a consolidation of the 120 reporting units within these four segments 
including the group’s centralised functions.

•  Given the significance of the components to the group’s revenue and results, Hargreaves Industrial Services Limited, the bulk haulage and minerals 
divisions of Hargreaves (UK) Services Limited, DK Recycling und Roheisen GmbH and Hargreaves Raw Material Services GmbH were considered 
significant components.

•  For further coverage Hargreaves Services plc, Blackwell Earthmoving Limited and Hargreaves Industrial Services (HK) Limited were included as full 

scope components. Specific audit procedures were performed over certain financial statement line items across a further 20 reporting units.

Key audit matters
•  Risk of impairment to assets – Investments in subsidiary undertakings and Amounts due from group undertakings (parent)
•  Valuation of land (Properties held for development and resale and Investment Property) (group)

Materiality
•  Overall group materiality: £1,779,000 (2021: £2,050,000) based on 1% of revenue.
•  Overall company materiality: £1,200,000 (2021: £1,200,000) based on 1% of total assets.
•  Performance materiality: £1,334,250 (2021: £1,537,500) (group) and £900,000 (2021: £900,000) (company).

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements of the 
current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including 
those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement 
team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

40

Hargreaves Services plcValuation of land is a new key audit matter this year. Impact of Covid-19, which was a key audit matter last year, is no longer included because of the 
current status of the pandemic and the limited impact it had on the group results. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Risk of impairment to assets – Investments in subsidiary undertakings and 
Amounts due from group undertakings (parent) 

The parent company has investments in subsidiary undertakings of £31.4 million 
(2021: £21.0 million) and amounts due from group undertakings of £54.9 million 
(2021: £66.5 million). No impairment has been recorded by management in 
the current year in respect of investments and/or amounts due from group 
undertakings within Hargreaves Services plc. The risk we have focused on is that 
these assets could be overstated and impairment charges may be required.

The determination of whether or not these assets are impaired involves 
subjective judgement and estimates about the future results and cash 
flows of the business.

We understood and evaluated management’s budgeting and forecasting 
process. Upon obtaining the parent company’s impairment and 
recoverability analysis we tested the reasonableness of the key 
assumptions, including the following;
 – Verifying the mathematical accuracy of the impairment and 

recoverability models and agreeing the carrying value of assets being 
assessed for impairment to the balance sheet,

 – We challenged management’s calculated weighted average cost of 
capital (WACC) used for discounting future cash flows within the 
impairment and recoverability models, utilising valuation experts to 
assess the cost of capital for the group and comparable organisations.  
It was noted that the WACC used by management was in line with our 
acceptable range and as such no exceptions were noted;

On an annual basis, management calculates the amount of headroom 
between the value in use of the parent company’s Cash Generating Units 
(‘’CGUs’’) and their carrying value to determine whether there is a potential 
impairment of the investment and/or amounts due from group 
undertakings relating to those CGUs.

We traced the forecast financial information within the model to the latest 
Board approved budget and 5 year plan and challenged management to 
provide support to corroborate revenue margin assumptions, support for 
capital expenditure and considered the accuracy of previous forecasts and 
we consider that the assumptions were supported by appropriate evidence;

The value in use of the CGU with respect to investments and amounts  
due from group undertakings in Hargreaves Services plc is dependent  
on a number of key assumptions which include: 
 – The forecast cash flows for the next five years;
 – A long-term (terminal) growth rate applied beyond the end of the  

five year forecast period; and

 – A discount rate applied to the model.

See the accounting policies section within the financial statements for 
disclosure of the related accounting policies, judgements and estimates, 
note 16 for detailed investments disclosure and note 21 for disclosure on 
amounts due from group undertakings within the financial statements.

We performed sensitivity analysis to ascertain the impact of reasonably 
possible changes in key assumptions and to quantify the downside 
changes needed before an impairment would be required at the CGU 
level; and

We have reviewed the financial statements disclosures made with respect 
to the sensitivity of the WACC, cash flows and growth rates and we 
considered these to be appropriate.

The recoverability of investment in subsidiaries was also assessed by 
comparing the net asset values of these subsidiaries against the carrying 
value of the investment including consideration of the market capitalisation 
of the Group. There were no indications of impairment identified.

Following the conclusion of our procedures above, we are satisfied that  
no impairment is required. We also considered the disclosure made within 
the financial statements and considered these to be appropriate.

41

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.Independent Auditors’ Report 
to the members of Hargreaves Services plc continued

Key audit matters continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Valuation of land (Properties held for development and resale and Investment 
Property) (group)

The group has properties held for development and resale of £29.3 million 
(2021: £24.9 million) and investment properties of £8.3 million (2021: £7.6 million). 
No provision or impairment has been recorded by management in the 
current year in respect of these assets. The risk we have focused on  
is that these assets could be overstated and impairment charges may 
be required.

Properties held for development and resale are held at lower of cost  
and net realisable value, while investment properties are held at cost  
and assessed for impairment on an annual basis.

The determination of whether or not these assets are impaired involves 
subjective judgement and estimates about the future sales transactions 
and cash flows of these assets.

On an annual basis, management calculates the amount of headroom 
between the future cash flows and their carrying value to determine 
whether there is a potential impairment of properties held for 
development and resale and/or investment properties.

The value of future cash flows is dependent on a number of key 
assumptions which include:
 – The forecast cash flows for the next ten to fifteen years; and
 – A discount rate applied to the model.

See the accounting policies section within the financial statements for 
disclosure of the related accounting policies, judgements and estimates, 
note 14 for detailed disclosures on investment property and note 20 for 
detailed disclosures on properties held for development and resale 
in inventory.

We understood and evaluated management’s budgeting and forecasting 
process. Upon obtaining the forecasts of management’s estimate of future 
sales, rentals and costs to complete, we tested the reasonableness of the 
key assumptions, including the following:
 – Verifying the mathematical accuracy of future cash flows and agreeing 
the carrying value of properties held for development and resale and 
investment properties being assessed for impairment to the 
balance sheet;

 – We challenged management’s calculated weighted average cost of 

capital (WACC) used for discounting future cash flows within the cash 
flow models, utilising valuation experts to assess the cost of capital for 
the group and comparable organisations. It was noted that the WACC 
used by management was in line with our acceptable range and as 
such no exceptions were noted;

 – We performed sensitivity analysis to ascertain the impact of reasonably 
possible changes in key assumptions and to quantify the downside 
changes needed before an impairment would be required;

 – We traced the forecast financial information within the model to recent 

sales data and challenged management to provide support to 
corroborate revenue margin assumptions, support for expenditure and 
considered the accuracy of previous forecasts and we consider that the 
assumptions were supported by appropriate evidence;

 – We have reviewed the financial statements disclosures made with 

respect to the sensitivity of the WACC, cash flows and growth rates  
and we considered these to be appropriate;

 – We have considered the future plans for each piece of land and 

considered sales of similar land in recent years for properties held for 
development and resale in inventory; and

 – Inspected lease agreements and calculated the present value of these 
agreements to verify expected future rental income on land held as 
investment property.

Following the conclusion of our procedures above, we are satisfied that no 
impairment is required. We also considered the disclosure made within the 
financial statements and considered these to be appropriate.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a whole,  
taking into account the structure of the group and the company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate. 

The group is structured along four segments being Services, Hargreaves Land, Hargreaves Services Europe ‘HSEL’ with the remaining areas of the group 
included in an Unallocated segment. The group financial statements are a consolidation of the 120 reporting units within these four segments including 
the group’s centralised functions.

We, as the group engagement team, audited all in scope components based in the UK. The HSEL segment based overseas, being DK Recycling und 
Roheisen and Hargreaves Raw Materials Services GmBH, and part of the Services segment based overseas, being Hargreaves Industrial Services (HK) 
Limited, have been audited by PwC component auditors. The group audit team supervised the direction and execution of the audit procedures 
performed by the component teams. Our involvement in their audit process, including attending component audit meetings, review of their reporting 
and supporting working papers, together with the additional procedures performed at group level, gave us the evidence required for our opinion on  
the financial statements as a whole.

Given the significance of the components to the group’s revenue and results, Hargreaves Industrial Services Limited, the bulk haulage and minerals 
divisions of Hargreaves (UK) Services Limited, DK Recycling und Roheisen GmbH and Hargreaves Raw Material Services GmbH were considered  
5 significant components. For further coverage Hargreaves Services plc, Blackwell Earthmoving Limited and Hargreaves Industrial Services (HK) Limited 
were included as 3 full scope components.

Specific audit procedures were performed over administrative expenses, amounts due from undertakings in which the group has a participating interest, 
cash and cash equivalents, deferred tax assets, inventory, investment property, cost of sales, retirement benefits obligations, revenue, trade and other 
payables, trade and other receivables, income tax expenses, property, plant and equipment and contract assets across a further 20 reporting units.  
This, together with additional procedures performed on the group’s centralised functions, gave us the evidence we needed for our opinion on the  
group financial statements as a whole.

42

Hargreaves Services plcAs a result of this scoping we obtained coverage over £149.7 million (84%) of the group’s external revenue and £27.2 million (79%) of the group’s profit 
before tax.

The Company audit was performed by the Group audit team. The Company is principally a holding Company and there are no branches or other 
locations to be considered when scoping the audit. The Company is audited on a stand-alone basis, and hence, testing has been performed on all 
material financial statement line items.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together with 
qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual 
financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial 
statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Financial statements – group

Overall materiality

£1,779,000 (2021: £2,050,000).

How we determined it

1% of revenue

Financial statements – company

£1,200,000 (2021: £1,200,000).

1% of total assets

Rationale for benchmark applied

Based on the benchmarks used in the annual report, we 
consider total revenue to be the most appropriate 
benchmark as it provides a more stable measure year on 
year than group profit before tax. Revenue is also used by 
the shareholders in assessing the performance and 
growth of the Group, and is a generally accepted 
auditing benchmark.

We believe that total assets are considered to be  
more appropriate as it is not a profit oriented company. 
The parent company is a holding company only and 
therefore total assets is deemed a generally accepted 
auditing benchmark.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range of materiality 
allocated across components was between £308,000 and £1,600,000. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was  
also less than our overall group materiality.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements 
exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing  
of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% (2021: 75%)  
of overall materiality, amounting to £1,334,250 (2021: £1,537,500) for the group financial statements and £900,000 (2021: £900,000) for the company 
financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of misstatements, risk assessment and aggregation risk and 
the effectiveness of controls – and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £88,950 (group audit) 
(2021: £102,500) and £60,000 (company audit) (2021: £60,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for 
qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and the company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
included:
•  We obtained and assessed management’s board report that details the group’s assessment and conclusion with respect to their ability to continue  

as a going concern;

•  We evaluated the historical accuracy of the budgeting process to assess the reliability of the data;
•  We evaluated management’s board approved base case forecast and downside scenarios, and challenged the adequacy and appropriateness of the 
underlying assumptions, including the level and period of reduction in revenue and timing of significant cash receipts, and confirmed management’s 
mitigating action are within their control and can be taken on a timely basis if needed. We reviewed the composition of costs at a divisional level 
within the forecasts to ensure they were prepared on a consistent and appropriate basis;

•  We reviewed the latest trading results for the year to date in FY23 and compared to management’s budget, FY22 actuals and revised forecasts,  

and considered the impact of these actual results on the future forecast period; and

•  We reviewed the mathematical integrity of management’s going concern forecast models, where no exceptions were identified.
•  We reviewed the disclosures included within the Annual Report and consider these to be appropriate.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, 
may cast significant doubt on the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the 
financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial 
statements is appropriate.

43

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.Independent Auditors’ Report 
to the members of Hargreaves Services plc continued

Conclusions relating to going concern continued
However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the group’s and the company’s ability  
to continue as a going concern.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon.  
The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, 
we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the  
other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether  
there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed,  
we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on  
these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 have 
been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report and Directors’ Report for the year 
ended 31 May 2022 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not identify 
any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors’ Report.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of the Financial Statements, the directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also 
responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate 
the group or the company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that  
an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error 
and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken  
on the basis of these financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined 
above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations related  
to health and safety regulations and environmental regulations, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material effect  
on the financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the financial statements such as AIM Rules for 
Companies, tax legislation and the Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the 
financial statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to posting inappropriate journal 
entries to manipulate reported results and management bias in accounting estimates. The group engagement team shared this risk assessment with  
the component auditors so that they could include appropriate audit procedures in response to such risks in their work. Audit procedures performed  
by the group engagement team and/or component auditors included:
• 
•  Reviewing minutes of meetings of those charged with governance;
•  Reviewing financial statements disclosures and testing to supporting documentation to assess compliance with applicable laws and regulations;
•  Reviewing legal expenditure in the year to identify potential non-compliance with laws and regulations;
• 
Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal entries with unusual accounts combinations;
•  Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates; and
•  Reviewing the internal audit reports.

Inquiries of management and those charged with governance around actual and potential litigation claims;

44

Hargreaves Services plcThere are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance with laws  
and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a material 
misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, 
forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. However,  
it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek to target particular items 
for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population 
from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 
This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other 
person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
•  we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited 

by us; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
• 

the company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Nicholas Cook (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
Newcastle upon Tyne
26 July 2022

45

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 
for the year ended 31 May 2022

Continuing operations

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Other operating income
Administrative expenses

Operating profit/(loss)

Analysed as:
Operating profit (before exceptional items and impairment charges)

Exceptional items
Impairment of intangible assets

Operating profit/(loss)

Finance income
Finance expenses

Share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax) 

Profit before tax 
Taxation

Profit for the year from continuing operations

Discontinued operations
Profit for the year from discontinued operations

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Gain in defined benefit pension schemes
Tax recognised on items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss 
Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Foreign exchange translation differences 
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges 
Tax recognised on items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Share of other comprehensive income of joint ventures (net of tax)

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year net of tax 

Note

2 

3

5
15

8
8

16

9

2022
£000

177,908
(148,458)

29,450
1,298
(24,520)

2021
£000

204,796
(181,453)

23,343
3,821
(29,234)

6,228

(2,070)

4,474

1,754
–

4,751

(2,186)
(4,635)

6,228

(2,070)

823
(770)

646
(1,882)

28,200

17,680

34,481
347

14,374
2,032

34,828

16,406

10

2,000

–

36,828

16,406

26
9

9
16

5,955
(1,488)

313
41
(8)
3,070

7,883

1,956
(319)

(1,806)
136
(25)
–

(58)

Total comprehensive income for the year 

44,711

16,348

46

Hargreaves Services plcProfit/(loss) attributable to: 
Equity holders of the Company 
Non-controlling interest 

Profit for the year 

Total comprehensive income attributable to: 
Equity holders of the Company 
Non-controlling interest 

Total comprehensive income for the year

Basic earnings per share (pence)
Diluted earnings per share (pence)
Continuing basic earnings per share (pence)
Diluted continuing basic earnings per share (pence)

Non-GAAP Measures

Basic underlying earnings per share from continuing operations (pence)*
Diluted underlying earnings per share from continuing operations (pence)*

* 

See Alternative Performance Measures Glossary on page 94.

Note

11
11
11
11

11
11

2022
£000

37,040
(212)

2021
£000

16,426
(20)

36,828

16,406

44,923
(212)

16,368
(20)

44,711

16,348

113.80
110.44
107.62
104.44

103.23
100.18

50.84
49.38
50.84
49.38

70.66
68.64

47

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.Group and Parent Company Balance Sheets
at 31 May 2022

Note

12 
13
14
15
16 
16 
19
21
26

17
20 
21 

22
23 

24 
26 
28 
19

24 
25 
28

18 

Group

Company

2022
£000

9,938
22,062
8,298
4,824
58,383
–
11,063
4,224
10,382

129,174

–
30,476
88,574
–
6,752
13,773

139,575

Restated*
2021
£000

13,806
13,776
7,607
4,824
31,187
–
10,084
–
2,911

84,195

2
27,168
78,260
59
1,720
28,303

135,512

2022
£000

–
–
–
–
4,984
31,358
7
–
–

36,349

–
–
81,412
–
–
15

81,427

2021
£000

–
–
–
–
4,984
21,009
–
–
–

25,993

2
–
77,680
–
–
18,591

96,273

268,749

219,707

117,776

122,266

(11,045)
(2,703)
(2,344)
(1,920)

(18,012)

(7,326)
(50,727)
(9,440)
(108) 
–

(67,601)

(8,586)
(2,867)
(3,087)
–

(14,540)

(3,179)
(49,611)
(8,038)
– 
(43)

(60,871)

–
–
–
–

–

– 
(20,612)
–
(39)
– 

(20,651)

–
–
–
–

–

– 
(25,265)
–
(382)
– 

(25,647)

(85,613)

(75,411)

(20,651)

(25,647)

183,136

144,296

97,125

96,619

Non-current assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-use assets
Investment property
Intangible assets including goodwill
Investments in joint ventures 
Investments in subsidiary undertakings 
Deferred tax assets 
Trade receivables
Retirement benefit surplus

Current assets 
Other financial assets
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Income tax asset
Contract assets
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets 

Non-current liabilities 
Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Retirement benefit obligations 
Provisions*
Deferred tax liabilities 

Current liabilities 
Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
Trade and other payables*
Provisions*
Income tax liability
Other financial liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

48

Hargreaves Services plcEquity attributable to equity holders of the Parent 
Share capital 
Share premium 
Other reserves 
Translation reserve 
Merger reserve 
Hedging reserve 
Capital redemption reserve 
Share-based payment reserve
Retained earnings* 

Non-controlling interest 

Total equity 

Note

29 
29
29
29
29
29
29
29

Group

2022
£000

3,314
73,972
211
(1,819)
1,022
318
1,530
2,029
102,781

183,358

2021
£000

3,314
73,955
211
(2,132)
1,022
285
1,530
1,680
64,441

144,306

Company

2022
£000

3,314
73,972
–
–
1,022
–
1,530
2,029
15,258

97,125

(222)

(10)

–

2021
£000

3,314
73,955
–
–
1,022
2
1,530
1,680
15,116

96,619

–

183,136

144,296

97,125

96,619

*  Upon review of the prior year accruals balance it was identified that a number of items should have been classified as provisions. As such a restatement has been undertaken during the year.  

The impact is an increase in provisions of £3,723,000 and a corresponding reduction in trade and other payables. There is no impact on opening reserves. 

The Company’s profit after tax for the year was £6.4m (2021: loss of £7.8m).

The notes on pages 53 to 93 form an integral part of these financial statements.

These financial statements on pages 46 to 93 were approved by the Board of Directors on 26 July 2022 and were signed on its behalf by:

Gordon Banham
Director

Registered number: 4952865

49

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.Group and Parent Company Statements of Changes in Equity 
for year ended 31 May 2022

Group (Note 29)

At 1 June 2020
Total comprehensive income/

(expense) for the year 

Profit/(loss) for the year 

Other comprehensive 
(expense)/income 

Total comprehensive (expense)/

income for the year

Transactions with owners 

recorded directly in equity

Equity-settled share-based 
payment transactions 

Dividends paid

Total contributions by and 
distributions to owners 

Share 
capital 
£000

Share 
premium 
£000

Translation 
reserve 
£000

Hedging 
reserve 
£000

Other 
reserves 
£000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£000

Merger 
reserve 
£000

Share-
based 
payment 
reserve 
£000

Retained 
earnings 
£000

Total 
Parent 
equity 
£000 

Non-
controlling 
interest 
£000

Total 
equity 
£000

3,314 73,955

(326)

174

211

1,530

1,022

1,462 48,703 130,045

10 130,055

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

(1,806)

(1,806)

111

111

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

16,426

16,426

(20)

16,406

1,637

(58)

–

(58)

18,063

16,368

(20)

16,348

218
–

–
(2,325)

218
(2,325)

218

(2,325)

(2,107)

–
–

–

218
(2,325)

(2,107)

At 31 May 2021

3,314 73,955

(2,132)

285

211

1,530

1,022

1,680 64,441 144,306

(10) 144,296

At 1 June 2021
Total comprehensive income/

(expense) for the year 

Profit/(loss) for the year 

Other comprehensive 
(expense)/income 

Total comprehensive (expense)/

income for the year

Transactions with owners 

recorded directly in equity

Issue of shares
Equity-settled share-based 
payment transactions 

Dividends paid

Total contributions by and 
distributions to owners 

3,314 73,955

(2,132)

285

211

1,530

1,022

1,680 64,441 144,306

(10) 144,296

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

17

–
–

17

–

313

313

–

–
–

–

–

33

33

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

37,040

37,040

(212)

36,828

7,537

7,883

–

7,883

–

44,577

44,923

(212)

44,711

–

349
–

–

17

–
(6,237)

349
(6,237)

349

(6,237)

(5,871)

–

–
–

–

17

349
(6,237)

(5,871)

At 31 May 2022

3,314 73,972

(1,819)

318

211

1,530

1,022

2,029 102,781 183,358

(222) 183,136

50

Hargreaves Services plcShare 
capital 
£000

Share 
premium 
£000

Hedging 
reserve 
£000

Company (Note 29)

At 1 June 2020
Total comprehensive expense for the year 
Loss for the year 

Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Effective portion of changes in fair value  

of cash flow hedges

Total comprehensive income/(expense)  

for the year 

Transactions with owners recorded directly 

in equity

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 
Dividends paid

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

3,314

73,955

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

At 31 May 2021 and 1 June 2021

3,314

73,955

Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year

Other comprehensive expense
Effective portion of changes in fair value  

of cash flow hedges

Total comprehensive (expense)/income  

for the year 

Transactions with owners recorded directly 

in equity 
Issue of shares
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 
Dividends paid

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–

17
–
–

17

At 31 May 2022

3,314

73,972

–

–

2

2

–
–

–

2

–

(2)

(2)

–
–
–

–

–

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£000

1,530

Merger 
reserve 
£000

1,022

Share-based 
payment 
reserve 
£000

Retained 
earnings 
£000

Total Parent 
equity 
£000

1,462

25,212

106,495

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

(7,771)

(7,771)

–

2

(7,771)

(7,769)

218
–

218

–
(2,325)

(2,325)

218
(2,325)

(2,107)

1,530

1,022

1,680

15,116

96,619

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–

6,379

6,379

–

(2)

6,379

6,377

–
349
–

349

–
–
(6,237)

(6,237)

17
349
(6,237)

(5,871)

1,530

1,022

2,029

15,258

97,125

51

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.Group and Parent Company Cash Flow Statements 
for year ended 31 May 2022

Cash flows from operating activities 
Profit/(loss) for the year from continuing operations
Adjustments for: 
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment 

and right-of-use assets

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
Net finance (income)/expense
Share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax) 
Dividend received from joint ventures
Impairment of investment in subsidiaries
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment, investment 

property and right-of-use assets

Equity-settled share-based payment expenses 
Income tax (credit)/expense 
Contributions to defined benefit pension schemes
Translation of non-controlling interest and investments

Change in inventories
Change in trade and other receivables
Change in trade and other payables*
Change in provisions and employee benefits*

Interest received/(paid)
Income tax paid

Group

Company

Note

2022
£000

Restated*  
2021
£000

2022
£000

2021
£000

34,828

16,406

4,379

(7,771)

12,13
15
8
16
16
16

3
27
9
26

8,666
–
(53)
(28,200)
–
–

(1,298)
349
(347)
(2,002)
202

12,145
(3,308)
(19,256)
903
1,000

(8,516)
34
(44)

6,562
4,635
1,236
(17,680)
–
–

(3,667)
218
(2,032)
(2,039)
–

3,639
36,841
2,012
5,545
(1,489)

46,548
(1,194)
(127)

–
–
434
–
(3,917)
–

–
–
32
–
–

928
–
(3,733)
(14,652)
–

(17,457)
(434)
(365)

–
–
1,038
–
–
9,149

–
–
175
–
–

2,591
–
52,559
2,511
(1,000)

56,661
(1,038)
(361)

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities

(8,526)

45,227

(18,256)

55,262

Cash flows from investing activities 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of investment property
Proceeds from sale of right of use assets
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
Acquisition of investment property
Acquisition of right of use assets
Dividends received from joint ventures

Net cash inflow from investing activities in continuing operations

Net cash inflow from investing activities in discontinued operations

Net cash inflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities 
Principal elements of lease payments
Dividends paid 
Repayment of Group banking facilities

Net cash outflow from financing activities 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 June 
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held 

801
1,407
78
(1,479)
(1,070)
(163)
3,917

3,491

2,000

5,491

(5,531)
(6,237)
–

(11,768)

(14,803)
28,303
273

3,125
5,040
753
(2,727)
(390)
–
–

5,801

–

5,801

(6,085)
(2,325)
(32,000)

(40,410)

10,618
18,499
(814)

–
–
–
–
–
–
3,917

3,917

2,000

5,917

–
(6,237)
–

(6,237)

(18,576)
18,591
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–

–
(2,325)
(32,000)

(34,325)

20,937
(2,346)
–

10

24
29
24

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 May 

23 

13,773

28,303

15

18,591

*  Upon review of the prior year accruals balance it was identified that a number of items should have been classified as provisions. As such a restatement has been undertaken during the year.  
This has resulted in a restatement of change in trade and other payables and change in provisions and employee benefits of £3,723,000. There is no other impact on the cash flow statement. 

52

Hargreaves Services plcNotes 
(forming part of the financial statements)

1  Accounting Policies
Hargreaves Services plc (the “Company”, “Parent Company”) is a public company limited by shares and incorporated, domiciled and registered  
in England, UK. 

The Group financial statements consolidate those of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “Group”) and equity account the 
Group’s interest in joint ventures. The Parent Company financial statements present information about the Company as a separate entity and not about 
the Group. 

Both the Parent Company financial statements and the Group financial statements have been prepared and approved by the Directors in accordance 
with UK-adopted international accounting standards. In publishing the Parent Company financial statements together with the Group financial 
statements, the Company is taking advantage of the exemption in s408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual Income Statement  
and related notes that form a part of these approved financial statements. The financial statements are presented in Sterling since this is the currency  
in which the majority of the Group’s transactions are denominated.

The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in these consolidated  
financial statements. 

The Group has restated the 31 May 2021 balance sheet and cash flow statement due to a review of the prior year accruals balance where it was identified 
that a number of items should have been classified as provisions. As such a restatement has been undertaken during the year. A third balance sheet has 
not been presented as the impact of the restatement is not considered to be qualitatively material to users of the accounts and all balances as at the 
opening balance sheet day are disclosed within the relevant notes.

Accounting Estimates Involving Judgements 
The preparation of financial statements requires the Directors to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that may affect the application  
of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and income and expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are  
based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the  
basis of making the judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ 
from these estimates. The Board considers that the key areas requiring the use of estimates and judgements which may materially affect the financial 
statements are: 

a)  Construction Contract Revenue and Assets
IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, applies to all revenue recognition, “Construction Contracts”, insofar as the Group carries out construction 
contracts and represents a key area of judgement. Management must assess the performance obligations under each contract and determine the point 
at which those obligations have been fulfilled, allocating the transaction price as necessary to each obligation. The estimates and judgements which 
management must carry out to assess the total expected costs on a contract are also necessary under IFRS 15. The Group has control and review 
procedures in place to monitor, and evaluate, regularly, the estimates being made to ensure that they are consistent and appropriate. This includes 
reviewing the independent certification of the value of work done, the progress of work against contracted timescales and the costs incurred against 
plan. In particular, management makes judgements on the expected recoverability of value recorded in respect of performance obligations which have 
been completed but not yet agreed with the customer and on the likelihood of the entitlement to any variable consideration. Certain contracts contain 
key performance indicators which determine the level of fee payable and management estimates performance against these to decide the appropriate 
fee level within the range contained in the contract. Differences arising on the ultimate completion of the contract and any unforeseen changes or events 
as the contract progresses may result in material changes to expected financial outcomes. Construction contract revenue in the year ended 31 May 2022 
was £37.9m (2021: £27.8m). When revenue recognised in respect of a customer contract exceeds amounts received or receivable from the customer  
a contract asset is recognised. At 31 May 2022 this value was £6.8m (2021: £1.7m).

b)  Dilapidations Provision 
In accordance with IAS 37 “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets” the Board makes provisions for liabilities which exist but where 
judgements have to be made as to the quantification of such liabilities. 

The Group has entered into property leases which in turn have contractual obligations to restore the properties to their condition prior to the commencement 
of the lease. The dilapidations provision, which is set out in Note 28, is based on third party assessments of the cost of the work which has been carried 
out on behalf of the landlords or internal estimates where appropriate. Currently, the Board has no other evidence as to the likely final cost of the 
dilapidations work. Significant judgements and estimates are involved in making this assessment and the amount and timing of the associated cash 
flows. The final cost of the dilapidations works may vary materially from the amount of the provision. The carrying value of the dilapidations provision  
at 31 May 2022 is £2.3m (2021: £0.1m).

c) Contract Provisions 
The Group has made provisions against contract assets and for potential contract liabilities which require judgements to be made regarding recoverable 
amounts and reasonably possible costs which may be incurred. The nature of these items, which is set out in Note 28, is such that their timing and 
quantum is uncertain and so the Directors have made judgements based upon the facts as they are known at the date of this report. The view has been 
taken that all of these items could potentially occur within the next 12 months and so all of the provisions have been classified as current. The carrying 
value of contract provisions at 31 May 2022 is £6.1m (2021: £5.1m).

53

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.1  Accounting Policies continued
Accounting Estimates Involving Judgements continued
d) Post Retirement Employee Benefits 
The Group operates two funded defined benefit schemes and an unfunded concessionary fuel scheme. Independent actuaries calculate the Group’s 
asset/liability in respect of these schemes. The actuaries make assumptions as to discount rates, salary escalations, net interest on scheme assets/liabilities, 
future pension increases, mortality rates applicable to members and future rates of inflation. These assumptions are made under the Board’s direction. 
The Board determines the appropriateness of these assumptions by benchmarking them against those used by other schemes and by taking advice from 
the independent actuaries. If the actual experience of the schemes is different from the assumptions used, then the pension asset/liability may differ from 
that shown in these financial statements. More information is given in Note 26 to these financial statements. The impact of the equalisation of Guaranteed 
Minimum Pensions has been assessed to be negligible. The net surplus of the defined benefit schemes and the concessionary fuel scheme in the balance 
sheet at 31 May 2022 is £7.7m (2021: £0.0m).

e)  Measurement of the Recoverable Amounts of Cash-Generating Units (“CGUs”) Containing Goodwill, Property Assets, Investments in 
Subsidiaries and Parent Company Intra-Group Balances
In accordance with IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”, the Board identifies appropriate CGUs and the allocation of goodwill to these units. The assessment  
of impairment involves assumptions on the estimated future operating cash flows from these CGUs, the discount rate applied in the calculations and  
the comparison of the cash flows to the carrying value of the goodwill. These are key areas of judgement and include significant accounting estimates. 
Management has assessed the sensitivity of carrying amounts of CGUs containing goodwill to reasonably possible changes in key assumptions. More 
information on the assumptions used and the sensitivities applied are set out in Note 15 to these financial statements. Freehold property assets, including 
investment properties and properties held for development and resale are recorded at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The carrying value is 
assessed on the basis of the strategy for each asset and the expected net proceeds arising, with reference to estimated market value where relevant.  
An assessment is made regarding the recoverability of intra-Group balances on a regular basis. This assessment includes, but is not restricted to, a review 
of net assets and future trading opportunities within each Group business. 

f) Valuation of Land
Land held for development, including land in the course of development until legal completion of the sale of the asset, is carried at the lower of cost and 
net realisable value. Investment properties are stated at cost less impairment. Investment properties are not remeasured to fair value at each reporting 
date, however, a review for impairment is carried out at each reporting date, giving consideration to the fair value of the property. Regular reviews are 
carried out to identify any impairment in the value of the land by comparing the total estimated selling prices less estimated selling expenses against  
the book cost of the land plus estimated costs to complete. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price (in the ordinary course of business) 
less all estimated costs of completion and overheads. Valuations of site/phase work in progress are carried out at regular intervals and estimates of the 
cost to complete a site/phase and estimates of anticipated revenues are required to enable a development profit to be determined. Management are 
required to employ judgement in estimating the profitability of a site/phase and in assessing any impairment provisions which may be required. 

Accounting Judgements
g) Treatment of Joint Ventures
Management have considered the level of control of each of the Group’s individual Joint Venture arrangements and are satisfied that the Group does not 
have control, either through voting rights or other circumstances, of any of these arrangements. Tower Regeneration Limited is a joint venture between 
the Group and a third party. The purpose of this joint venture was to enable the Group’s access to a surface mine in South Wales. The mine ceased to 
operate in 2016 and restoration work is ongoing. The Group is entitled to 35% of the profits from the operation. The strategic business decisions of the 
joint venture are taken by both the Group and the third party equally. This is reflected in the equal representation on that Board of each investing party 
and the ownership of voting rights is split 50:50 between both parties.

Hargreaves Services Europe Limited (“HSEL”) is a material joint venture to the Group. HSEL owns 100% of Hargreaves Raw Materials Services GmbH 
(“HRMS”) which is a key supplier of specialist raw materials to major European customers in the steel, foundry, smelting, ferroalloy, sugar, limestone, 
insulation, refractory and ceramic industries. This combined with the Group’s historic expertise in production operations, material handling, storage 
operations and logistics, marketing and technical support, creates an ideal platform for HRMS to compete in the supply of speciality mineral products  
in Europe. HRMS owns 94.9% of DK Recycling und Roheisen GmbH (“DK”) a recycler of steel waste material and producer of pig iron and zinc. The Group  
is entitled to 86% of the profits of HSEL, however the Group does not exert control over the business. The Group holds 49% of the voting rights in HSEL, 
with the remainder being held by the HRMS management team. One of the three Directors is appointed by the Group. The Group does not have the 
power to change these arrangements. A shareholder agreement is in place to provide the Group with safeguards designed to protect its investment; 
however, the key strategic decisions affecting the operation and its results are not taken by the Group. In the event of a dispute between the Group and 
the operation which could not be resolved, the operation would be subject to an orderly wind down. Whilst the voting rights demonstrate significant 
influence, the Group does not control the operation and therefore the Board accounts for the investment as a joint venture.

Waystone Hargreaves Land LLP (“the Unity JV”) is a material joint venture between the Group and a third party. The purpose of this joint venture is to 
develop land owned or controlled by each of the parties. The strategic business decisions of the joint venture are taken by the Board of the Unity JV.  
This is reflected in the equal representation on that Board of each investing party and the ownership of voting rights is split 50:50 between both parties.

Measurement Convention 
The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis except that derivative financial instruments and financial instruments classified as fair 
value through the Statement of Profit and Loss are stated at their fair value. 

Impact of Covid-19
The Group has not seen a significant impact on its trading and results for the year ended 31 May 2022 or 31 May 2021 as a result of Covid-19. The Group 
continues to monitor the situation. There has been no impact of Covid-19 on the accounting estimates and judgements. 

54

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continuedGoing Concern 
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development performance and position are set out in the Operating 
Review. The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described in the Financial Review. In addition, 
Note 30 to the financial statements includes: the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital; its financial risk management 
objectives; details of its financial instruments and hedging activities; and its exposure to credit risk and liquidity risk. 

The Group’s financing is not dependent on bank borrowings, however the Group has access to a £12m invoice discounting facility, which is currently 
undrawn and will remain in place until 31 October 2023. Notwithstanding that, a rigorous review of cash flow forecasts including testing for a range  
of challenging downside sensitivities has been undertaken. Mitigating strategies to these sensitivities considered by the Board exclude any remedies 
which are not entirely within the Group’s control. As a result, and after making appropriate enquiries including reviewing budgets and strategic plans,  
the Directors have a reasonable expectation that both the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence  
for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the Board continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Annual Report and Accounts.

Basis of Consolidation 
Subsidiaries 
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with 
the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. In assessing control, the Group takes into consideration potential voting 
rights that are currently exercisable. The acquisition date is the date on which control is transferred to the acquirer. The financial statements of subsidiaries are 
included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases. Losses applicable to the non- 
controlling interests in a subsidiary are allocated to the non-controlling interests even if doing so causes the non-controlling interests to have a deficit balance.

Change in Subsidiary Ownership and Loss of Control
Changes in the Group’s interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions. Where the Group loses 
control of a subsidiary, the assets and liabilities are derecognised along with any related non-controlling interest and other components of equity.  
Any resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss. Any interest retained in the former subsidiary is measured at fair value when control is lost.

Application of the Equity Method to Joint Ventures
Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method (equity accounted investees) and are initially recognised at cost, or fair value where cost is  
lower than fair value at acquisition. The Group’s investment includes goodwill identified on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment losses. The 
consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share of the total comprehensive income and equity movements of equity accounted investees, 
from the date that significant influence or joint control commences, until the date that significant influence or joint control ceases. When the Group’s 
share of losses exceeds its interest in an equity accounted investee, the Group’s carrying amount is reduced to £nil and recognition of further losses  
is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of an investee.

Transactions Eliminated on Consolidation
Intra-Group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra-Group transactions, are eliminated. Unrealised gains 
arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee. 
Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment. 

Parent Company Financial Statements
In the Parent Company financial statements, all investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures are carried at cost less impairment.

Foreign Currency 
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of Group entities at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date  
of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are retranslated to the functional currency 
at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency  
are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in the Income 
Statement except for differences arising on qualifying cashflow hedges which are recognised directly in other comprehensive income. 

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into Pounds Sterling, the Group’s presentational currency, at the exchange rates ruling at the 
balance sheet date. The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated at rates approximating to the foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates 
of the transactions. Exchange differences arising from this translation of foreign operations are reported as an item of other comprehensive income and 
accumulated in the translation reserve or non-controlling interest, as the case may be. When a foreign operation is disposed of, such that control, joint 
control or significant influence is lost, the entire accumulated amount in the translation reserve, net of amounts previously attributed to non-controlling 
interests, is reclassified to profit or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal. When the Group disposes of only part of its interest in a subsidiary that includes 
a foreign operation while still retaining control, the relevant proportion of the accumulated amount is reattributed to non-controlling interests.

Classification of Financial Instruments Issued by the Group 
Financial instruments issued by the Group are treated as equity (i.e. forming part of shareholders’ funds) only to the extent that they meet the following 
two conditions: 
• 

they include no contractual obligations upon the Group to deliver cash or other financial assets or to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities 
with another party under conditions that are potentially unfavourable to the Group; and 

•  where the instrument will or may be settled in the Company’s own equity instruments, it is either a non-derivative that includes no obligation to 

deliver a variable number of the Company’s own equity instruments or is a derivative that will be settled by the Company exchanging a fixed amount 
of cash or other financial assets for a fixed number of its own equity instruments. 

To the extent that this definition is not met, the proceeds of issue are classified as a financial liability. Where the instrument so classified takes the legal 
form of the Company’s own shares, the amounts presented in these financial statements for called up share capital and share premium account exclude 
amounts in relation to those shares. 

55

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.1  Accounting Policies continued
Classification of Financial Instruments Issued by the Group continued
Where a financial instrument that contains both equity and financial liability components exists these components are separated and accounted for 
individually under the above policy. The finance cost on the financial liability component is correspondingly higher over the life of the instrument. 

Finance payments associated with financial liabilities are dealt with as part of finance expenses. Finance payments associated with financial instruments 
that are classified in equity are dividends and are recorded directly in equity. 

Financial Instruments 
Financial Assets
The Group classifies financial assets under the following measurement categories:
•  Measured at amortised cost (non-derivative financial assets);
•  Measured subsequently at fair value through either profit or loss or comprehensive income.

Recognition and Derecognition 
Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade date, being the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the 
asset. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the 
Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), 
transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed  
in profit or loss.

Non-derivative Financial Assets
Non-derivative financial assets include trade and other receivables and contract assets, as defined by IFRS 15. Neither of these two categories contain  
a significant financing element and, as such, expected credit losses are measured under IFRS 9 using the simplified impairment approach. This approach 
requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised upon the initial recognition of the asset. 

At initial recognition, the Group measures a non-derivative financial asset at its fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the 
acquisition of the financial asset. The Group subsequently measures trade and other receivables and contract receivables at amortised cost.

Derivative Financial Instruments 
The Group uses forward foreign currency contracts to manage its exchange rate risk. 

Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value and are subsequently remeasured to fair value at each reporting date and changes 
therein are accounted for as described as follows. 

Cash Flow Hedges 
Where a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows of a highly probable forecast transaction (for example, 
interest payments, sales and purchases denominated in foreign currency, sale and purchase of commodities), changes in the fair value of the derivative 
hedging instrument designated as a cash flow hedge are recognised directly in the hedging reserve to the extent that the hedge is effective. Amounts 
deferred in equity are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income when the hedged item affects profit or loss. To the extent 
that the hedge is ineffective, changes in fair value are recognised immediately in profit or loss. 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments are accounted for in line with the nature of the hedging arrangement. Derivatives are intended to be 
highly effective in mitigating the above risks, and hedge accounting is adopted where the required hedge documentation is in place and the relevant 
test criteria are met. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the 
Income Statement as part of financing costs. The Group continues to apply IAS 39 for the purposes of hedge accounting as permitted under IFRS 9.

Non-Financial Assets
The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each balance sheet date to 
determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. An impairment loss  
is recognised whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognised in the 
Income Statement. Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to CGUs 
and then to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets in the unit on a pro rata basis. A CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates 
cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets. 

Intra-Group Financial Instruments 
Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the liabilities (including indebtedness) of subsidiary undertakings or joint 
ventures, the Company considers these to be insurance arrangements and accounts for them as such. In this respect, the Company treats the guarantee 
contract as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the Company will be required to make a payment under the guarantee. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Where parts of an item of property, plant and 
equipment have different useful economic lives, they are accounted for as separate items of property, plant and equipment. 

56

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continuedDepreciation is charged to the Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful economic lives of each part of an item of property, 
plant and equipment. Freehold land is not depreciated. Depreciation rates are as follows: 
Freehold buildings 
Leasehold improvements 
Motor vehicles and plant 
Furniture and equipment 
Fixtures and fittings 
Mining assets 

2% to 4% p.a. 
15% p.a. 
10% to 33% p.a. 
25% p.a. 
15% p.a. 
10% to 33% p.a.

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Assets in the course of construction are not depreciated until they are brought into use.

Depreciation of right-of-use assets is based on the same categorisation as above using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated life  
of the asset or the lease term.

Lease Accounting Policy
The Group has relied upon the exemption under IFRS 16 to exclude the impact of low-value leases and leases that are short-term in nature (defined  
as leases with a term of 12 months or less). Costs on these leases are recognised on a straight-line basis as an operating expense within the Income 
Statement. All other leases are accounted for in accordance with this policy.

The Group has various lease arrangements for properties (e.g. office buildings and storage facilities), vehicles, and other equipment including plant  
and machinery. At the inception of a lease contract, the Group assesses whether the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified  
asset for a certain period of time and whether it obtains substantially all the economic benefits from the use of that asset, in exchange for consideration.  
The Group recognises a lease liability and a corresponding right-of-use asset with respect to all such lease arrangements in which it is a lessee.

A right-of-use asset is capitalised on the balance sheet at cost which comprises the present value of future lease payments determined at the inception  
of the lease adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred in addition to an estimate 
of costs to remove or restore the underlying asset. Where a lease incentive is receivable, the amount is offset against the right-of-use asset at inception. 
Right-of-use assets are depreciated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated life of the asset or the lease term and are assessed  
in accordance with IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’ to determine whether the asset is impaired and to account for any loss.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of lease payments as outlined above and is subsequently increased by the interest cost on  
the lease liability and decreased by lease payments made. Lease payments comprise fixed lease rental payments only with the exception of property, 
which also includes the associated fixed service charge. Lease liabilities are classified between current and non-current on the balance sheet.

The key estimate applied by management relates to the assessment of the incremental borrowing rate adopted by the Group to discount the future  
lease rentals to present value in order to measure the lease liabilities. The weighted average rate applied by the Group at transition was 3.7%.

Sub Leases
If an underlying asset is re-leased by the Company to a third party and the Company retains the primary obligation under the original lease, the transaction 
is deemed to be a sublease. The Company continues to account for the original lease (the head lease) as a lessee and accounts for the sublease as a lessor 
(intermediate lessor). When the head lease is a short-term lease, the sublease is classified as an operating lease. Otherwise, the sublease is classified using  
the classification criteria applicable to Lessor Accounting in IFRS 16 by reference to the right-of-use asset in the head lease (and not the underlying asset  
of the head lease).

After classification lessor accounting is applied to the sublease.

Where the Group also acts as lessor and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the lessee, the Group derecognises the related 
equipment and recognises a receivable for the minimum lease payments discounted at a rate which reflects a constant periodic rate of return over the 
life of the lease. 

Investment Property
Investment properties are properties which are held with the intention to derive value from either rental income or capital appreciation, or for both. 
Investment properties are stated at cost less impairment. Investment properties are not remeasured to fair value at each reporting date, however,  
a review for impairment is carried out at each reporting date, giving consideration to the fair value of the property. An impairment is recognised  
when the fair value of the property is lower than the book value. Land is not depreciated. 

All investment properties within the Group relate to Hargreaves Land.

Business Combinations 
Subject to the transitional relief in IFRS 1, all business combinations are accounted for by applying the purchase method. Goodwill arises from the acquisition 
of businesses and represents the difference between the cost of the acquisition and the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities 
acquired. Identifiable intangibles are those which can be sold separately, or which arise from legal rights regardless of whether those rights are separable. 

Acquisitions on or After 1 June 2010 
For acquisitions on or after 1 June 2010, the Group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as: 
• 
• 
• 
• 

the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus 
the recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree; plus 
the fair value of the existing equity interest in the acquiree; less 
the net recognised amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. 

57

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2. 
 
 
1  Accounting Policies continued
Business Combinations continued
Acquisitions on or After 1 June 2010 continued
When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is recognised immediately in profit or loss. Costs related to the acquisition, other than those 
associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, are expensed as incurred. 

Any contingent consideration payable is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, it is not 
remeasured, and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration are 
recognised in profit or loss. 

On the acquisition of a business, fair values are attributed to the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired, reflecting conditions at 
the date of acquisition. Adjustments to fair values include those made to bring accounting policies into line with those of the Group. Provisional fair values 
are finalised within 12 months of the business combination date and, where significant, are adjusted by restatement of the comparative period in which 
the acquisition occurred.

On a transaction-by-transaction basis, the Group elects to measure non-controlling interests, which have both present ownership interests and are 
entitled to a proportionate share of net assets of the acquiree in the event of liquidation, either at its fair value or at its proportionate interest in the 
recognised amount of the identifiable net assets of the acquiree at the acquisition date. All other non-controlling interests are measured at their fair  
value at the acquisition date. 

Acquisitions Between 1 June 2006 and 1 June 2010 
Goodwill arising on acquisitions that have occurred between 1 June 2006 and 1 June 2010 is capitalised and is subject to impairment review, both 
annually and when there are indications the carrying value may not be recoverable. Negative goodwill arising on an acquisition is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss. 

Acquisitions and Disposals of Non-Controlling Interests 
Acquisitions and disposals of non-controlling interests that do not result in a change of control are accounted for as transactions with owners in their 
capacity as owners and therefore no goodwill is recognised as a result of such transactions. The adjustments to non-controlling interests are based on  
a proportionate amount of the net assets of the subsidiary. Any difference between the price paid or received and the amount by which non-controlling 
interests are adjusted is recognised directly in equity and attributed to the owners of the Parent. 

Prior to the adoption of IAS 27 (2008), goodwill was recognised on the acquisition of non-controlling interests in a subsidiary, which represented the 
excess of the cost of the additional investment over the carrying amount of the interest in the net assets acquired at the date of the transaction. 

Intangible Assets and Goodwill 
Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to CGUs and is not amortised but is tested annually for 
impairment. In respect of equity accounted investees, the carrying amount of goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the investment in the 
investee. 

Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group, which have finite useful economic lives, are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation is recognised in profit and loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets 
from the date that they are available for use. 

Inventories 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is based on the weighted average method and includes expenditure incurred  
in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs and other costs in bringing them to their existing location and condition. Work in progress 
includes work to date on service contracts where project milestones have not yet been reached. Where necessary, provisions are made against obsolete, 
defective or slow-moving inventories. 

Properties Held for Development and Resale
Properties held for development and resale are included within inventories on the basis that their carrying value will be recovered principally through  
sale in the ordinary course of business, rather than through continuing use within the Group. These assets are not available for immediate sale and will  
be subject to further development before being available for sale. Properties held for development and resale are shown in the financial statements at 
the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost represents the acquisition price including legal and other professional costs associated with the acquisition 
together with subsequent development costs net of amounts transferred to cost of sales. Net realisable value is the expected net sales proceeds of the 
developed property.

Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the 
Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose only of the Cash Flow Statement. 

Trade and Other Payables 
Trade and other payables are non-interest-bearing and are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised 
cost using the effective interest method. 

Interest-Bearing Borrowings 
Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transactions costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-bearing 
borrowings are stated at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 

58

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continuedReversals of Impairment 
An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, an impairment loss is reversed when there is an indication that the 
impairment loss may no longer exist and there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is 
reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation 
or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised. 

Employee Benefits 
Defined Benefit Pension Plans 
Following the acquisition of Maltby Colliery Limited on 26 February 2007, the Group operates a concessionary fuel retirement benefit scheme. In addition, 
following the acquisition of Maltby Colliery, the Group is a member of two pension schemes providing benefits based on final pensionable pay. The assets 
of the schemes are held separately from those of the Group. 

The retirement benefit scheme liabilities are calculated by a qualified actuary using the projected unit method. The concessionary fuel retirement  
benefit schemes are unfunded retirement benefits and as such there are no assets in the schemes. The retirement benefit deficits are recognised in full, 
the movement in the scheme deficits is split between operating charges, finance items and, in other comprehensive income, remeasurement gains 
and losses. 

The defined benefit pension schemes are funded retirement benefit schemes. Pension scheme assets are measured using market values. Pension scheme 
liabilities are measured using a projected unit method and discounted at the current rate of return on a high-quality corporate bond of equivalent term 
and currency to the liability. The pension scheme surplus (to the extent that it is recoverable) or deficit is recognised in full. The movement in the scheme 
surplus/deficit is split between operating charges, finance items and, in other comprehensive income, remeasurement gains and losses. 

Defined Contribution Pension Plans 
The Group operates a Group defined contribution personal pension scheme. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Group  
in an independently administered fund. The amount charged against profits represents the contributions payable to the scheme in respect of the 
financial year. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognised as an expense in the Income Statement as incurred. 

Share-Based Payment Transactions 
The Group operates a share option scheme for certain employees. The fair value of options granted is recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding 
increase in equity. The fair value is measured at grant date and spread over the period during which the employees become unconditionally entitled  
to the options. The fair value of the options granted is measured using an option valuation model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon 
which the options were granted. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options for which the related 
service and non-market vesting conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognised as an expense is based on the number  
of share options that do not meet the related service and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date. 

Where the Company grants share-based payment awards over its own shares to the employees of its subsidiaries it recognises, in its individual financial 
statements, an increase in the cost of investment in its subsidiaries equivalent to the equity-settled share-based payment charge recognised in its 
consolidated financial statements with the corresponding credit being recognised directly in equity. 

Shares purchased by the Group are deducted from retained earnings at the total consideration paid or payable.

Exceptional Items
Exceptional items are defined as items of income and expenditure which are material and non-routine in nature and which are considered to be of such 
significance that they require separate disclosure on the face of the Income Statement. Any future movement on items previously classified as exceptional 
continues to be classified as exceptional.

Revenue 
Revenue is recognised when control over a product or service is transferred to the Group’s customer. The value attributed to revenue is measured based 
on the consideration specified in the contract and excludes any amounts collected on behalf of third parties. In circumstances where consideration  
is not clearly defined in the contract, the revenue is subject to variability. When revenue is variable, the Group estimates the amount of consideration  
to be recovered. Revenue is only recognised to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal in a future period will not occur. When an 
amendment to an existing contract arises, the Group reviews the nature of the modification and whether or not it reflects a separate or new performance 
obligation to be satisfied, or whether it is an amendment to an existing performance obligation.

Revenue is measured excluding value added tax, for goods and services supplied to external customers in line with the fulfilment of contractual 
performance obligations. All directly attributable expenses in respect of goods supplied and services provided are recognised in the Income Statement  
in the period to which they relate. The Group does not expect to have any contracts where the period between the transfer of the promised goods or 
services to the customer and payment by the customer exceeds one year. As a consequence, the Group does not adjust its transaction price for the time 
value of money.

The Group’s activities cover a variety of disciplines, therefore, depending on the nature of the product or service delivered and the timing of when control 
is passed onto the customer, the Group will account for revenue both over time and at a point in time. Where revenue is measured over time, the Group 
uses the input method to measure progress of delivery.

59

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.1  Accounting Policies continued
Sales of Goods
Revenue is recognised at a point in time when delivery of the product has been made and title has passed to the customer. Revenue is recognised on 
individual sales at a point in time when the conditions above have been met. 

Revenue is measured at the invoiced price net of VAT and any discounts. If, as a separate transaction, the Company has entered into a derivative contract 
to hedge the sale price, any gains or losses on that hedge instrument are also included in revenue at the same time as the hedged transaction is recorded 
as revenue. 

Services 
Revenue is recognised over time as contractual performance obligations are fulfilled. A proportion of sales are subject to long-term contracts, typically  
on a cost-plus or similar basis. Typically, these contracts take the form of a continuing performance obligation. The revenue and profit on such contracts is 
recognised (and invoiced) using the input method of measuring progress on completion of the performance obligation. Profit is recognised in line with the 
recognition of revenue allocating costs to each separate performance obligation as appropriate. Any losses on contracts are recognised in full immediately.

Construction Contract Revenue
When the outcome of individual contracts can be estimated reliably, contract revenue and costs are recognised as revenue and expenses respectively 
over time by reference to the fulfilment of performance obligations using the input method of estimating progress of delivery at the reporting date.  
Costs are recognised as incurred, and revenue is recognised using the input method. The stage of completion of a contract is assessed by reference to 
completion of a physical proportion of the contract work. Revenue includes the initial amount agreed in the contract plus any variations in contracted 
work, to the extent that it is probable that they will result in revenue and can be measured reliably. Revenue includes an assessment of any variable 
consideration which may become receivable based upon relevant performance measures. Variable consideration is included based on the expected 
value or most likely amount only to the extent that it is highly probable that there will not be a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue 
recognised. Provision is made for all known or expected losses on contracts as soon as they are foreseen. These provisions are reviewed throughout the 
contract life and are adjusted as required. However, the nature of the risks on contracts are such that is often not possible to resolve them until the end  
of the contract and therefore the provisions may not reverse until the contract is concluded.

Rental Income
Rental income from property is recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives granted are 
recognised as an integral part of the total rental income, over the term of the lease.

Government Grants
Government grants are recognised at their fair value where there is a reasonable assurance that the grant will be received, and the Group will comply  
with all attached conditions. Government grants relating to costs are deferred and recognised in the income statement over the period necessary to match  
them with the costs that they are intended to compensate. The Group received UK Government grants in relation to the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme. 
The Group did not benefit directly from any other forms of UK Government assistance. There are no unfulfilled conditions and other contingencies attaching 
to the Government assistance that has been recognised. 

Property 
Sales of freehold land and properties are recognised at a point in time upon legal completion.

Rebates
From time to time the Group may offer a rebate on the sale of goods. The rebate is recognised at the point of sale as a reduction in revenue recorded. 
Should the rebate not become due then additional revenue is booked to reflect this at the point at which it becomes clear the rebate will not be payable.

Contract Assets 
Contract assets represent amounts for which the Group has an unconditional right to consideration in respect of unbilled revenue recognised at the 
balance sheet date and comprises costs incurred plus attributable margin.

Contract Liabilities 
Contract liabilities represent the obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which consideration has been received, or consideration is due, 
from the customer.

Net Finance Costs 
Net finance costs comprise interest payable, finance charges on leases and interest receivable on funds invested together with changes in the fair values 
of interest rate swaps and foreign currency forward contracts recognised through the profit and loss and the net interest on the defined benefit pension 
scheme liability. This is determined by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the year to the net 
defined benefit asset/liability. 

Interest income and interest payable is recognised in the Income Statement as it accrues, using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognised 
in the Income Statement on the date the entity’s right to receive payment is established. 

60

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continuedTaxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the period comprises both current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the Income Statement except to the extent that  
it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, 
and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. 

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the 
amounts used for taxation purposes. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying 
amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. 

The following temporary differences are not provided for: the initial recognition of goodwill, the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither 
accounting nor taxable profit other than in a business combination, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will 
probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised.

Provisions 
A provision is recognised in the Balance Sheet when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, that can  
be reliably measured, and where it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect is material, 
provisions are determined by discounting the expected, risk adjusted, future cash flows at a pre-tax risk-free rate. The effect is not deemed material  
for any of the Group’s provisions. 

Restoration and Rehabilitation Costs
The previous mining, extraction and processing activities of the Group gave rise to obligations for site restoration. Restoration works can include site 
decommissioning and dismantling and site and land rehabilitation. The extent of work required and the associated costs are dependent on the 
requirements of relevant authorities and the Group’s environmental policies.

An initial provision reflecting the current obligation for the cost of future site restoration is recognised at the commencement of the production phase  
for all liabilities created through development of the surface mine. Production activities give rise to further restoration obligations and provisions are made  
for these liabilities as they arise.

Restoration provisions are measured at the expected value of future cash flows. Significant judgements and estimates are involved in forming an 
expectation of future activities and the amount and timing of the associated cash flows. Such expectations are based on existing planning requirements 
and management’s future development plans which give rise to a constructive obligation.

Restoration provisions are adjusted for changes in estimates, which are accounted for as a change in the corresponding capitalised cost within  
non-current assets, except where a reduction in the provision is greater than the unamortised capitalised cost of the related assets, in which case the 
capitalised cost is reduced to £nil and the remaining adjustment is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. Changes to the capitalised 
cost result in an adjustment to future amortisation and financial charges. 

Given the significant judgements and estimates involved, adjustments to the estimated amount and timing of future restoration and rehabilitation  
cash flows are a normal occurrence. Factors influencing those changes include but are not limited to: revisions to estimated reserves and site operations; 
planning requirements and management’s development plans and changes in the estimated cost and scope of anticipated activities. 

Adopted IFRSs Not Yet Applied 
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 31 May 2022 reporting periods and have not been 
early adopted by the Group. These standards are not expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current or future reporting periods and on 
foreseeable future transactions. 

2  Segmental Information
The following analysis by industry segment is presented in accordance with IFRS 8 on the basis of those segments whose operating results are regularly 
reviewed by the Board of Directors (the Chief Operating Decision Maker as defined by IFRS 8) to assess performance and make strategic decisions about 
allocation of resources. 

The sectors distinguished as operating segments are Services, Hargreaves Land, Unallocated and HSEL. 
•  Services: Provides materials handling, mechanical and electrical engineering, land restoration, logistics and bulk earthmoving into the energy, 

environmental, infrastructure and industrial sectors. 

•  Hargreaves Land: The development and realisation of value from the land portfolio including rental income from investment properties and the 

share of profit of the Unity joint venture.

•  Unallocated: The corporate overhead contains the central functions that are not devolved to the individual business units.
•  Hargreaves Services Europe (“HSEL”): The Group’s share of its German joint venture, which includes HRMS.

These segments are combinations of subsidiaries and joint ventures. They have separate management teams and provide different products and services. 
The four operating segments are also reportable segments.

61

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.2  Segmental Information continued
The segment results, as reported to the Board of Directors, are calculated under the principles of IFRS. Performance is measured on the basis of underlying 
profit/(loss) before tax, which is reconciled to profit/(loss) before tax in the tables below: 

Revenue
Total revenue
Intra-segment revenue

Revenue from external customers

Operating profit/(loss) (before exceptional items)
Share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax)
Net finance (expense)/income
Exceptional items

Profit/(loss) before taxation from continuing operations
Taxation

Profit/(loss) after taxation

Depreciation and impairment charge

Capital expenditure

Net assets/(liabilities)
Segment assets
Segment liabilities

Segment net assets
Joint ventures

Total net assets

Services
2022 
£000

Hargreaves Land 
2022 
£000

Unallocated 
2022 
£000

163,800
(992)

162,808

8,011
–
(468)
1,754

9,297
3,343

12,640

(8,344)

(13,507)

79,155
(70,104)

9,051
–

9,051

15,100
–

15,100

1,211
858
58
–

2,127
(3,546)

(1,419)

(100)

(1,165)

62,505
(7,391)

55,114
4,836

59,950

–
–

–

(4,748)
–
463
–

(4,285)
550

(3,735)

(222)

(154)

68,706
(8,118)

60,588
–

60,588

HSEL 
2022 
£000

–
–

–

–
27,342
–
–

27,342
– 

27,342

–

–

–
–

–
53,547

53,547

Total 
2022 
£000

178,900
(992)

177,908

4,474
28,200
53
1,754

34,481
347

34,828

(8,666)

(14,826)

210,366
(85,613)

124,753
58,383

183,136

Unallocated net assets of £60.6m include cash and cash equivalents of £13.8m, deferred tax asset of £11.1m, amounts due from Jointly Controlled Entities 
of £29.3m, a net pension asset of £7.7m, deferred tax liability of £1.9m and other corporate items (£0.6m asset).

Revenue
Total revenue
Intra-segment revenue

Revenue from external customers

Operating profit/(loss) (before exceptional items and impairment)
Share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax)
Net finance (expense)/income
Impairment of intangibles
Exceptional items

Profit/(loss) before taxation from continuing operations
Taxation

Profit/(loss) after taxation

Depreciation charge

Capital expenditure*

Net assets/(liabilities)
Segment assets
Segment liabilities

Segment net assets
Joint ventures

Total net assets

Services
2021
£000

Hargreaves Land 
2021 
£000

Unallocated 
2021 
£000

194,600
(1,604)

192,996

6,691
–
(1,614)
(4,635)
(2,186)

(1,744)
591

(1,153)

(6,135)

(5,011)

77,900
(60,078)

17,822
–

17,822

11,800
–

11,800

2,530
4,069
(338)
–
–

6,261
(114)

6,147

(103)

(1,215)

55,820
(6,990)

48,830
4,051

52,881

–
–

–

(4,470)
–
716
–
–

(3,754)
1,555

(2,199)

(323)

(216)

54,800
(8,343)

46,457
–

46,457

HSEL 
2021 
£000

–
–

–

–
13,611
–
–
–

13,611
– 

13,611

–

–

–
–

–
27,136

27,136

Total 
2021 
£000

206,400
(1,604)

204,796

4,751
17,680
(1,236)
(4,635)
(2,186)

14,374
2,032

16,406

(6,561)

(6,442)

188,520
(75,411)

113,109
31,187

144,296

*  Upon review of the prior year segmental capital expenditure disclosure it was identified that this note only included capital expenditure relating to property, plant, and equipment. As such  

a restatement has been undertaken during the year to show total capital expenditure of property, plant, and equipment, right of use assets and investment properties. There is no other impact 
on the financial statements. 

62

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continuedUnallocated net assets of £46.5m include cash and cash equivalents of £28.3m, deferred tax asset of £10.1m, amounts due from Jointly Controlled Entities 
of £14.5m, VAT liability of £3.8m and other corporate items (£2.6m liability).

The following table analyses revenue by significant category:

Sale of goods
Provision of services
Rental income
Construction contracts

The timing of revenue recognition is analysed as follows:

Over time
At a point in time

Revenue

Over time
At a point in time

Revenue

2022 
£000

36,123
103,286
609
37,890

177,908

Hargreaves 
Land 
2022 
£000

13,857
1,243

15,100

Hargreaves 
Land 
2021 
£000

9,565
2,235

11,800

Services 
2022 
£000

74,953
87,855

162,808

Services 
2021 
£000

77,000
115,996

192,996

Geographical Information 

2022

2021

UK
Europe
Hong Kong
Other overseas

3  Other Operating Income/(Expense) 

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Profit on disposal of investment property 
Loss on disposal of right-of-use assets
Profit on disposal of subsidiary undertakings 

Total other operating income

Revenue 
£000

150,498
2,427
22,436
2,547

177,908

Non-current 
assets 
£000

128,041
–
224
909

129,174

Revenue 
£000

142,295
34,971
25,387
2,143

204,796

2022 
£000

308
990
–
–

1,298

2021
£000

83,589
93,170
211
27,826

204,796

Total
2022
£000

88,810
89,098

177,908

Total
2021
£000

86,565
118,231

204,796

Non-current 
assets 
£000

83,737
–
445
13

84,195

2021
£000

860
3,041
(234)
154

3,821

63

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.4  Expenses and Auditors’ Remuneration
The following items have been charged to the Statement of Profit and Loss: 

Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles 
Impairment of property, plant and equipment owned
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment owned 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Depreciation of mining assets and mineral reserves
Interest payable on right-of-use leases
Expense relating to short-term leases
Expense relating to leases of low-value assets that are not shown above as short-term

Auditors’ Remuneration: 

Audit of these financial statements 

Amounts receivable by the Company’s auditor and its associates in respect of: 
Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries of the Company 
Audit of financial statements of joint ventures of the Company
Taxation compliance services
Other assurance services 

5  Exceptional Items

The Group incurred one exceptional item in each year as follows: 

Exceptional item in Cost of sales
Losses on legacy contracts in C.A. Blackwell (Contracts) Limited

Total exceptional item in Cost of sales

Exceptional item in Administrative expenses
Release of accrual relating to a liability from the year ended 31 May 2015

Total exceptional item in Administrative expenses

Total

2022 
£000

–
1,531
2,513
4,622
–
537
4,191
1,287

2022 
£000

91

252
222
7
9

2022 
£000

–

–

1,754

1,754

1,754

2021
£000

4,635
–
2,604
3,493
465
577
2,845
676

2021
£000

116

289
166
–
25

2021
£000

(2,186)

(2,186)

–

–

(2,186)

In the year ending 31 May 2022, an aged accrual dating from the year ended 31 May 2015 totalling £1,754,000 was released as the potential for payment 
had lapsed due to time.

In the year ending 31 May 2021, further losses were recognised on the legacy contracts within C.A. Blackwell (Contracts) Limited resulting in costs 
of £2,186,000.

6  Staff Numbers and Costs 
The average number of persons employed by the Group in continuing operations (including Directors) during the year, analysed by category, was 
as follows: 

Number of employees Group

2022

17
234
979

1,230

2021

19
216
1,032

1,267

Directors and senior management
Administration
Production

64

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continuedThe aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows: 

Wages and salaries 
Share-based payments (see Note 27) 
Social security costs 
Contributions to defined contribution pension scheme (see Note 26) 
Expenses of defined benefit pension schemes (see Note 26) 

The Company has no employees (2021: nil).

7  Directors’ Remuneration 

Directors’ emoluments 
Emoluments in lieu of Company pension contributions 

Group

2022
£000

48,756
349
3,834
1,696
341

54,976

2022
£000

3,034
205

3,239

2021
£000

51,819
218
3,963
2,113
141

58,254

2021
£000

2,183
205

2,388

The aggregate of emoluments and amounts receivable under long-term incentive schemes of the highest paid Director was £1,152,000 (2021: £997,000), 
and £118,000 (2021: £118,000) was paid in lieu of Company pension contributions. 

The detailed breakdown of the Directors’ total emoluments is included within the Remuneration Report. 

The number of Directors who exercised share options was
The number of Directors in respect of whose services shares were received or receivable  

under long-term incentive schemes was

Number of Directors

2022

2021

3

4

–

4

One Director holds rights to subscribe for 29,704 shares in the Group as a result of options which have vested but have not yet been exercised (2021: nil). 

All of the Directors benefited from qualifying third-party indemnity provisions.

8  Finance Income and Expense 
Recognised in Profit or Loss 

Finance income
Bank interest receivable
Early settlement discount
Foreign exchange gain
Interest received from jointly controlled entities
Interest on defined benefit pension scheme obligation (see Note 26)

Total finance income

Finance expense 
Total interest expense on financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
Interest payable on leases
Foreign exchange loss
Interest on defined benefit pension scheme obligation (see Note 26)

Total finance expense 

2022
£000

94
179
–
531
19

823

26
537
207
–

770

2021
£000

114
228
96
208
–

646

1,263
577
–
42

1,882

65

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.9  Taxation 
Recognised in the Income Statement

Current tax 
Current year
Adjustments for prior years 

Current tax expense

Deferred tax
Origination and reversal of temporary timing differences 
Impact of increase in tax rate
Adjustments for prior years 

Deferred tax credit

Tax credit in Income Statement (excluding share of tax of equity accounted investees)

2022
£000

212
(4)

208

1,542
–
(2,097)

(555)

(347)

2021
£000

57
8

65

764
(2,736)
(125)

(2,097)

(2,032)

The deferred tax adjustment in respect of prior years of £2,097,000 relates to losses assumed to be utilised in the previous year, which were ultimately retained.

Recognised in Other Comprehensive Income 

Deferred tax expense
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges 
Remeasurements of defined benefit pension schemes 

Reconciliation of Effective Tax Rate 

Profit for the year from continuing operations 
Total tax credit 

2022
£000

(8)
(1,488)

(1,496)

2022
£000

34,828
(347)

2021
£000

(25)
(319)

(344)

2021
£000

16,406
(2,032)

Profit before taxation from continuing operations 

34,481

14,374

Tax using the UK corporation tax rate of 19.00% (2021: 19.00%) 

Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions 
Tax effect of joint ventures
Previously unrecognised tax losses
Non-deductible expenses
Impact of change in tax rates
Other temporary trading differences
Adjustment in respect of previous periods 

Effective total tax credit

6,551

37
(5,194)
136
407
–
(183)
(2,101)

2,731

(143)
(2,586)
(92)
894
(2,736)
17
(117)

(347)

(2,032)

The UK corporation tax rate has been 19.00% for the duration of the financial year (2021: 19.00%). 

Factors That May Affect Future Current and Total Tax Charges 
Following the March 2021 budget, the corporate tax rate will increase from 19% to 25% with effect from 1 April 2023. The deferred tax balances at 31 May 2022 
and 31 May 2021 have been calculated based on the rate substantively enacted at the balance sheet date of 25%.

66

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continued10  Discontinued Operations
All discontinued operation results are attributable to equity holders. The Group’s discontinued operations made a profit of £2,000,000 (2021: £nil) after tax 
during the year. 

The profit from discontinued operations represents the contingent consideration received following the disposal of Brockwell Energy Limited (“Brockwell”). 
The Company disposed of the whole of its shareholding in Brockwell on 19 October 2018 with contingent consideration of £2m which was received in 
the year ending 31 May 2022. There are no remaining balances relating to this matter.

Proceeds from disposal of subsidiary

Profit before tax of discontinued operations

Current tax charge

Profit for the year from discontinued operations

2022
£000

2,000

2,000

–

2,000

2021
£000

–

–

–

–

11  Earnings Per Share 
The calculation of earnings per share (“EPS”) is based on the profit for the year attributable to equity holders and on the weighted average number  
of shares in issue and ranking for dividend in the year.

Underlying earnings per share from  

continuing operations

Exceptional items, fair value adjustments  

and impairment (net of tax)

Continuing basic earnings per share
Discontinued operations

Basic earnings per share

Weighted average number of shares

Earnings 
£000

2022

EPS 
Pence

DEPS
Pence

Earnings 
£000

33,407

103.23

100.18

22,832

1,421

34,828
2,000

36,828

4.39

107.62
6.18

113.80

32,362

4.26

104.44
6.00

110.44

33,347

(6,406)

16,426
–

16,426

2021

EPS 
Pence

70.66

(19.82)

50.84
–

50.84

32,312

DEPS 
Pence

68.64

(19.26)

49.38
–

49.38

33,262

The calculation of weighted average number of shares includes the effect of own shares held of 611,118 (2021: 827,150). 

The calculation of diluted earnings per share (“DEPS”) is based on the profit for the year and the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue  
in the year. The potentially dilutive effect of the share options outstanding (effect on weighted average number of shares) is 985,056 (2021: 950,750);  
effect of basic earnings per ordinary share in the current year is 3.36p (2021: 1.46p). Effect on underlying earnings per ordinary share is 3.05p (2021: 2.02p). 
Effect on discontinued operations per ordinary share for 2022 is 0.18p (2021: nil). 

67

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.At 31 May 2022

11,304

3,581

22,784

Freehold land 
and buildings  
and leasehold 
improvements 
£000

Furniture and 
equipment  
£000

Motor 
vehicles  
and plant  
£000

Fixtures  
and fittings  
£000

Mining 
assets  
£000

Mineral 
reserves 
£000

11,797
69
(28)
–
(2)

11,836

11,836
–
(494)

(38)
–

4,751
283
(736)
62
(25)

4,335

4,335
168
(936)

–
14

29,916
3,242
(9,207)
– 
94

24,045

24,045
1,307
(1,864)

(811)
107

4,942
303
(12)
–
–

5,233

5,233
453
356
(88)
(11)
(3)

4,317
312
(708)
62
(12)

3,971

3,971
206
–
(936)
–
29

22,137
1,978
(6,998)
–
119

17,236

17,236
1,844
1,175
(1,762)
–
58

5,940

3,270

18,551

380

6,855

6,603

5,364

434

364

311

7,779

6,809

4,233

28

30

30

453
26
(12)
(62)
(3)

402

402
4
–

–
4

410

425
11
–
(62)
(2)

372

372
10
–
–
–
(2)

14,208
–
(14,208)
–
–

2,335
–
(2,335)
–
–

–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–

–
–

–

13,743
465
(14,208)
–
–

2,335
–
(2,335)
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

465

–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–

–

Total  
£000

63,460
3,620
(26,526)
–
64

40,618

40,618
1,479
(3,294)

(849)
125

38,079

47,899
3,069
(24,261)
–
105

26,812

26,812
2,513
1,531
(2,786)
(11)
82

28,141

15,561

13,806

9,938

12  Property, Plant and Equipment 
Group

Cost 
At 1 June 2020
Acquisitions
Disposals
Transfers
Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 May 2021

At 1 June 2021
Acquisitions
Disposals
Transfers to right-of-use assets and investment 

properties

Effect of movements in foreign exchange

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 1 June 2020
Depreciation
Disposals 
Transfers
Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 May 2021

At 1 June 2021
Depreciation
Impairment
Disposals
Transfers to right-of-use assets
Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 May 2022

Net book value 
At 1 June 2020

At 31 May 2021

At 31 May 2022

The Company has no property, plant and equipment. 

68

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continued13  Right-of-Use Assets
Group

Cost 
At 1 June 2020
Additions
Disposals
Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 May 2021

At 1 June 2021
Additions
Disposals
Transfer from fixed assets
Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 May 2022

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 1 June 2020
Depreciation
Disposals
Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 May 2021

At 1 June 2021
Depreciation
Disposals
Transfer from fixed assets
Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 May 2022

Net book value 
At 1 June 2020

At 31 May 2021

At 31 May 2022

The Group leases various offices, warehouses, stores, equipment and vehicles.

The Company has no right-of-use assets. 

Security 
The Group’s ROU assets are used to secure some of its interest-bearing loans and borrowings (see Note 24). 

Land and 
buildings 
£000

Motor vehicles 
and plant 
£000

Total 
£000

25,845
2,432
(3,356)
(30)

24,891

24,891
12,276
(3,283)
811
(45)

24,134
1,233
(3,308)
(8)

22,051

22,051
11,779
(3,152)
811
(34)

31,455

34,650

8,750
2,999
(2,321)
(2)

9,426

9,426
4,020
(3,063)
11
10

10,000
3,493
(2,369)
(9)

11,115

11,115
4,622
(3,194)
11
34

1,711
1,199
(48)
(22)

2,840

2,840
497
(131)
–
(11)

3,195

1,250
494
(48)
(7)

1,689

1,689
602
(131)
–
24

2,184

10,404

12,588

461

1,151

1,011

15,384

12,625

21,051

15,845

13,776

22,062

69

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.14  Investment Property 

At 31 May
Additions
Disposals
Transfer from fixed assets

At 31 May

Group

2022
£000

7,607
1,070
(417)
38

8,298

2021
£000

9,216
390
(1,999)
–

7,607

Company

2022
£000

–
–
–
–

–

2021
£000

–
–
–
–

–

The fair value of the Investment Properties is estimated by the Directors at £14,128,000 (2021: £13,404,000). The increase in the estimated fair value is due  
to the net additions made in the year. 

15  Intangible Assets Including Goodwill
Group

Goodwill 
£000

Customer 
contracts 
£000

Total Cost 
£000 

Cost
At 1 June 2020
Disposals
Foreign exchange

At 31 May 2021

At 1 June 2021
Disposals

At 31 May 2022

Accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 1 June 2020
Impairment
Disposals
Exchange movements

At 31 May 2021

At 1 June 2021
Disposals

At 31 May 2022

Net book value
At 31 May 2020

At 31 May 2021

At 31 May 2022

22,040
(3,726)
–

18,314

18,314
–

18,314

12,622
4,635
(3,726)
(41)

13,490

13,490
–

13,490

9,418

4,824

4,824

The customer contract included within Intangible Assets came to an end during the year.

The Group does not have any internally generated intangible assets.

Impairment Charge 
In the year ended 31 May 2021, the impairment charge is recognised in the following line item in the Income Statement: 

Administrative expenses 

The Company has no intangible assets (2021: £nil).

70

1,347
–
57

1,404

1,404
(1,404)

23,387
(3,726)
57

19,718

19,718
(1,404)

–

18,314

1,347
–
–
57

1,404

1,404
(1,404)

–

–

–

–

13,969
4,635
(3,726)
16 

14,894

14,894
(1,404)

13,490

9,418

4,824

4,824

2022
£000

–

2021
£000

4,635

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continuedImpairment Testing 
The remaining goodwill has been allocated to Cash-Generating Units or groups of CGUs as follows: 

Hargreaves Industrial Services Limited
Specialist Earthworks

Goodwill

2022
£000

1,252
3,572

4,824

2021
£000

1,252
3,572

4,824

The recoverable amounts of the above CGUs have been calculated with reference to their value in use. The key features of this calculation are shown below: 

Hargreaves Industrial Services Limited:

Period on which management approved forecasts are based
Discount rate

Specialist Earthworks:

Period on which management approved forecasts are based
Discount rate

2022

5 years
10.5%

2022

10 years
10.5%

2021

5 years
12%

2021

10 years
12%

In order to test goodwill for impairment the Group performs value in use calculations by preparing cash flow forecasts for each CGU derived from the 
most recent financial budget and strategic plan approved by management going forward five years, with the exception of Specialist Earthworks which is 
based on a 10 year financial budget due to the nature of the business. An annual growth rate of 2% has been assumed after the relevant forecast period. 
The Board considers that the assumptions of growth provide management with a conservative estimate against which to compare the corresponding 
CGU carrying values. Sustaining maintenance capital expenditure in each CGU has been included in the calculations but no cash flows relating to 
enhancement capital expenditure have been included. A post-tax discount rate of 10.5% (2021: 12%) has been used in the first instance. The decrease in 
the discount rate is due to a change in the Group’s weighting of debt to equity. Following the repayment of the Group’s previous main banking facilities 
in the year ended 31 May 2021, there has been a decrease in the Group’s cost of debt. 

In the year ended 31 May 2021, management identified an impairment within the Coal 4 Energy Limited/Maxibrite goodwill and recognised a reduction 
of £4,635,000. Of this, £3,035,000 relates to the sale of the coal activities to HRMS, with £1,600,000 relating to the Maxibrite business. 

For the year ended 31 May 2022, each of the other CGUs has substantial headroom under the annual impairment review, which remains after allowing  
for reasonably possible changes in assumptions. 

Other than changes to the discount rate, the key assumption which would impact the carrying value of goodwill is the margin generated by each CGU. 
Whilst the sensitivities vary according to CGU, for a material impairment to take place the discount rate would have to increase to 30% (2021: 26%) or the 
assumed operating margins would have to decrease by more than 35% (2021: 20%) before any further impact on any single CGU. 

The Company has no intangible assets. 

16  Investments in Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures 
List of Registered Offices:
16.1 
16.2 
16.3 
16.4 
16.5 
16.6 
16.7 
16.8 
16.9 
16.10 
16.11 
16.12 
16.13 

West Terrace, Esh Winning, Durham, DH7 9PT
Tower Colliery, Tirherbert Road, Rhigos, Aberdare, CF44 9UF
Böningerstraβe 29, 47051 Duisburg, Germany
Lange Lozanastraat, 142 bus 2, 2018 Antwerp, Belgium
31F, Tower Two, Times Square, 1 Matheson Street, Causeway Bay, HK
Plac Rodla, 8/914, 70-419 Szczecin, Polska
Flat No.333, 3rd Floor, Devika Tower, 6 Nehru Place, Delhi-110019, India
3 Nobel Boulavard, Cape Gate NE3, Vanderbijlpark, Gauteng, 1900
Lot 6.05, Level 6, 8 First Avenue, Bandar Utama, 47800 Petaling Jaya, Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia
Room 1117-8, 11th Floor, Tuen Mun Central Square, N0.22 Hoi Wing Road, Tuen Mun, New Territories, HK
Cp House, Otterspool Way, Watford, Hertfordshire, WD25 8JJ
Werthausser Str. 182, 47053 Duisburg, Germany
Suite 2, Park House Earls Colne Business Park, Earls Colne, Colchester, Essex, CO6 2NS

71

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.16  Investments in Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures continued
The Group and Company have the following investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures at the end of the year:

Address of registered office Class of shares held

2022

2021

Ownership

Company 
Subsidiary undertakings 
Hargreaves (UK) Limited 
Hargreaves Industrial Services Limited
Forward Sound Limited*
Hargreaves Services (HK) Limited 
Hargreaves Land Limited
H Technical Resources Limited*
Hargreaves Maltby Limited*
Hargreaves Property Ventures Limited
Hargreaves Services (Westfield) Limited*
Hargreaves Services (Castlebridge) Limited*
Hargreaves Services (Blindwells) Limited
Hargreaves Services Forestry Limited*
Hargreaves Services South Africa (Pty) Ltd
Hargreaves Mining India Private Limited
C.A. Blackwell Group Limited*
Hargreaves Industrial Services Sdn Bhd
Hargreaves Pension Company Limited
Hargreaves Land Holdings Limited*
Blackwell Earthmoving Limited

Dormant
Coal 4 Energy Limited*
Hargreaves Carbon Products Europe Limited*
Hargreaves Services Wind Farm (Damside) Limited*
Hargreaves Services Wind Farm (Broken Cross) Limited*
Hargreaves Services Wind Farm (Glentaggart) Limited*
Hargreaves Services Wind Farm (House of Water) Limited*
Hargreaves Services Wind Farm (Chalmerston) Limited*
Hargreaves Corporate Director Limited*
Hargreaves Services (Muir Dean) Limited*
Hargreaves Industrial Products Limited*
HBLT Limited*
R Hanson & Son Limited*
HESOTT Limited*
HS Australia Limited*
H Europe Limited*

Joint ventures
Mir Trade Services Limited* 
Hargreaves Services Europe Limited 

Group 
Subsidiary undertakings 
Hargreaves (UK) Services Limited 
The Monckton Coke & Chemical 
Company Limited *
Maltby Colliery Limited*
HE Contracts Limited* 
Maxibrite Limited 
RocPower Limited *
Hargreaves Carbon Products NV 
Hargreaves Industrial Services (HK) Limited 
Access Services (HK) Limited 
OCCW (St Ninians) Limited *
OCCW (Duncanziemere) Limited *
OCCW (Chalmerston) Limited *

72

16.1 
16.1 
16.1 
16.6 
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.8
16.7
16.1
16.9
16.1
16.1
16.13

16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1

16.1 
16.1 

16.1 

16.1 
16.1 
16.1 
16.1 
16.1 
16.4 
16.5 
16.10 
16.1
16.1
16.1

Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Ordinary 
Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

50%
49%

100%

100%
100%
100%
85.2%
85%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

50%
49%

100%

100%
100%
100%
85.2%
85%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continuedOCCW (Netherton) Limited *
OCCW (Damside) Limited *
OCCW (Broken Cross) Limited *
OCCW (House of Water) Limited *
C. A. Blackwell (Contracts) Limited
Geofirma Soils Engineering Limited *
Renaissance Land Regeneration Limited *
Hargreaves Land (North) Limited*
Hargreaves Land (South) Limited*
Hargreaves Power Services (HK) Limited 

Joint ventures
Tower Regeneration Limited 
Tower Regeneration Leasing Limited
Hargreaves Raw Material Services GmbH 
Hargreaves Carbon Products Polska Sp. z o.o. 
Carbon Action Ltd
Hargreaves Darlington Limited
Waystone Hargreaves Land LLP
DK Recycling und Roheisen GmbH
Hargreaves-EWT Industrieservices GmbH

Dormant companies
Metallurgical Supplies Limited*
Tru-Green Limited*
Eastgate Materials Handling Limited*
Hargreaves Regeneration Limited*
Drakelands Holdings Limited*
Renaissance Land Management Limited*
517EPA Limited*
RocFuel Limited*
R&A Fuels Limited*
Squire Distribution Services Limited*
Har Transport Limited*
HS Transport Services Limited*
DWL Engineering Services Limited*
Premier Lime and Stone Company*
C.A. Blackwell (Plant) Limited*
HBR Limited*

Address of registered office Class of shares held

16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.10

16.2 
16.2
16.3 
16.6 
16.1
16.1
16.11
16.12
16.12

16.1
16.1
16.1 
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1 
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Ordinary 
Ordinary
Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary 
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary 
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Ownership

2022

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

50%
50%
49%
49%
50%
50%
50%
47%
25%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
50.1%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

2021

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

50%
50%
49%
49%
50%
50%
50%
47%
25%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
50.1%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

*These UK subsidiaries are exempt from audit by virtue of s479A of the Companies Act 2006. 

Tower Regeneration Leasing Limited is a 100% owned subsidiary of Tower Regeneration Limited. Hargreaves Raw Material Services GmbH and Hargreaves 
Carbon Products Polska Sp. z o.o. are both 100% owned subsidiaries of Hargreaves Services Europe Limited. DK Recycling und Roheisen GmbH is a 94.9% 
owned subsidiary of Hargreaves Raw Materials Services GmbH. Hargreaves-EWT Industrieservices GmbH is 50% owned by Hargreaves Raw Materials 
Services GmbH.

The Group’s share of post-acquisition total recognised profit or loss in the above jointly controlled entities for the year ended 31 May 2022 was a profit  
of £28,200,000 (2021: £17,680,000).

In the year ended 31 May 2021, the Group sold 100% of its shares in Hargreaves Hatfield Limited for total consideration of £154,000.

73

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.16  Investments in Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures continued
Joint Ventures
Carrying amount of equity accounted investees:

Group

At 1 June 2020
Group’s share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax)
Exchange differences

At 31 May 2021

Group

At 1 June 2021
Group’s share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax)
Group’s share of other comprehensive income
Dividends received
Exchange differences

At 31 May 2022

Tower 
Regeneration 
Limited 
£000

Hargreaves 
Services Europe 
Limited 
£000

Waystone 
Hargreaves Land 
LLP 
£000

Interests in 
immaterial joint 
ventures 
£000 

–
–
–

–

14,109
13,611
(582)

27,138

(17)
4,069
–

4,052

1
–
(4)

(3)

Tower 
Regeneration 
Limited 
£000

Hargreaves 
Services Europe 
Limited 
£000

Waystone 
Hargreaves Land 
LLP 
£000

Interests in 
immaterial joint 
ventures 
£000 

–
–
–
–
–

–

27,138
27,342
3,070
(3,917)
(86)

53,547

4,052
858
–
–
–

4,910

(3)
–
–
–
(71)

(74)

Total 
£000 

14,093
17,680
(586)

31,187

Total 
£000 

31,187
28,200
3,070
(3,917)
(157)

58,383

The Group recognised £3,070,000 other comprehensive income which relates to the Group’s share of the gain on the HSEL defined benefit pension scheme.

Group

Hargreaves share of net assets/(liabilities)
Amount not recognised
Non-distributable reserves

Investment at 31 May 2021

Group

Hargreaves share of net assets/(liabilities)
Amount not recognised
Non-distributable reserves

Investment at 31 May 2022

Tower 
Regeneration 
Limited 
£000

Hargreaves 
Services Europe 
Limited 
£000

Waystone 
Hargreaves Land 
LLP 
£000

Interests in 
immaterial joint 
ventures 
£000 

(5,849)
5,849
–

–

29,698
–
(2,560)

27,138

4,052
–
–

4,052

(3)
–
–

(3)

Tower 
Regeneration 
Limited 
£000

Hargreaves 
Services Europe 
Limited 
£000

Waystone 
Hargreaves Land 
LLP 
£000

Interests in 
immaterial joint 
ventures 
£000 

(6,924)
6,924
–

–

56,679
–
(3,132)

53,547

4,910
–
–

4,910

(74)
–
–

(74)

Total 
£000 

27,898
5,849
(2,560)

31,187

Total 
£000 

54,591
6,924
(3,132)

58,383

74

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continuedThe figures below are prepared under IFRS, all numbers are presented in £000s. 

At cost

Voting rights

Cash and cash equivalents
Other current assets

Total current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Net (liabilities)/assets (100%)

Revenue*
Other expenses*
Depreciation and amortisation
Interest income
Interest expense

(Loss)/profit before tax
Income tax expense
Post tax (loss)/profit (100%)

Tower Regeneration Limited

Waystone Hargreaves Land LLP

Hargreaves Services Europe Limited

2022 

50%

45
186

231
3,965
(21,882)
(2,098)

(19,784)

–
(1,282)
–
1
(1,296)

(2,577)
–
(2,577)

2021

50%

136
3,056

3,192
1,101
(20,874)
(131) 

(16,712)

62
(906)
–
–
(1,102)

(1,946)
63
(1,883)

2022

50%

530
15,181

15,711
–
(5,892)
– 

9,819

13,805
(12,089)
–
–
–

1,716
–
1,716

2021

50%

15,606
9,167

24,773
–
(16,670)
– 

8,103

26,932
(18,795)
–
–
–

8,137
–
8,137

2022

49%

5,898
217,805

223,703
51,699
(155,257)
(54,229)

65,916

591,604
(533,252)
(3,908)
64
(2,173)

52,335
(19,880)
32,455

2021

49%

468
104,860

105,328
48,732
(63,617)
(55,911)

34,532

294,487
(267,085)
(3,868) 
73
(2,338)

21,270
(4,878)
16,392

* Revenue and Other expenses for HSEL have been restated for the comparative period to correct an error. Effect is to reduce Revenue and Other Expenses by £26,808,000 each.

The total financial liabilities included in current liabilities is: 
Tower Regeneration Limited £nil (2021: £nil); 
Waystone Hargreaves Land LLP £nil (2021: £nil), 
Hargreaves Services Europe Limited £54,757,000 (2021: £55,676,000) representing its borrowing base facility and term loans. 

Included within current liabilities above and disclosed in Note 33 Related Parties are loans totalling £26.0m (2021: £11.2m) due from HRMS to Hargreaves 
Services plc, of which £12m was repaid post year end on 1 July 2022. Interest on the loans is currently charged at a rate of 2.2% being 1.7% over UK base rate. 

Waystone Hargreaves Land LLP includes an amount of £439,000 (2021: £5,582,000) payable to Hargreaves Land North Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary. 
This loan is repayable on demand. Tower Regeneration Limited includes an amount of £12,716,000 (2021: £10,984,000) within current liabilities, which is 
due to Forward Sound Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary undertaking. 

The Group also has a non-material interest in the following companies: Tower Regeneration Leasing Limited, MIR Trade Services Limited, Carbon Action 
Limited and Hargreaves Darlington Limited.

Company

Shares at cost and net book value 
At 1 June 2020
Capital contribution arising on share options (Note 27)
Impairment 

At 31 May 2021

At 1 June 2021
Capital contribution arising on share options (Note 27)
Investment in Blackwell Earthmoving Limited

Group 
undertakings 
£000

Joint ventures 
£000

29,940
218
(9,149)

21,009

21,009
349
10,000

4,984
–
–

4,984

4,984
–
–

At 31 May 2022

31,358

4,984

The capital contribution arising on share options is as a result of the share-based payment charge during the year. Following the sale of speciality  
coal inventory to HRMS in the year ended 31 May 2021 and the cessation of all material coal related revenue activities, the parent company impaired  
its investment in Coal 4 Energy Limited in the prior year by £9,149,000. On 26 October 2021, Blackwell Earthmoving Limited issued 10,000,000 ordinary 
shares of £1 each to Hargreaves Services plc, its parent company. The consideration was satisfied by converting £10m of loan due by Blackwell Earthmoving 
Limited to Hargreaves Services plc. 

75

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.17  Other Financial Assets 

Group

Company

Current 
Currency contracts designated as fair value through profit or loss

18  Other Financial Liabilities 

Current 
Currency contracts designated as fair value through hedging reserve

19  Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities 
Group 
Recognised Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following: 

Property, plant and equipment
Financial assets
Employee benefits
Share-based payments
Tax value of loss carry-forwards recognised
Other temporary timing differences

Tax assets

Movement in Deferred Tax During the Year

Property, plant and equipment
Financial assets
Employee benefits
Share-based payments
Tax value of loss carry-forwards recognised
Other temporary timing differences

Total

Deferred tax due in less than one year
Deferred tax due in more than one year

Movement in Deferred Tax During the Prior Year

Property, plant and equipment
Financial assets
Employee benefits
Share-based payments
Tax value of loss carry-forwards recognised
Other temporary timing differences

Total

Deferred tax due in less than one year
Deferred tax due in more than one year

2022
£000

–

Group

2022
£000

–

2021
£000

2

2021
£000

43

2022
£000

–

Company

2022
£000

–

Assets

Liabilities

2022
£000

3,951
–
–
280
6,777
55

2021
£000

2,245
8
(11)
94
7,488
260

11,063 

10,084

2022
£000

–
–
(1,920)
–
–
–

(1,920) 

2021
£000

2

2021
£000

–

2021
£000

–
–
–
–
–
–

– 

31 May 2021 
£000

Recognised in 
income 
£000

Recognised in 
equity 
£000

31 May 2022 
£000

2,245
8
(11)
94
7,488
260

10,084

1,706
–
(421)
186
(711)
(205)

555

–
(8)
(1,488)
–
–
–

(1,496)

3,951
–
(1,920)
280
6,777
55

9,143

2,902
6,241

31 May 2020 
£000

Recognised in 
income 
£000

Recognised in 
equity 
£000

31 May 2021 
£000

3,517
33
715
48
3,723
295

8,331

(1,272)
–
(407)
46
3,765
(35)

2,097

–
(25)
(319)
–
–
–

(344)

2,245
8
(11)
94
7,488
260

10,084

1,329
8,755

The Group has an unrecognised deferred tax asset of £1,798,000 relating to trading losses (2021: £1,550,000). 

76

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continuedCompany 
Recognised Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities 
The Company has a deferred tax asset of £7,000 relating to the tax value of loss carry-forwards recognised (2021: £nil). 

The deferred tax asset has been calculated based at the rate of 25% (2021: 25%) substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

20  Inventories 

Raw materials and consumables 
Finished goods 
Properties held for development and resale

Group

2022
£000

866
328
29,282

30,476

2021
£000

1,245
1,008
24,915

27,168

Company

2022
£000

–
–
–

–

2021
£000

–
–
–

–

All amounts included within raw materials and finished goods are expected to be recovered within 12 months. 

Changes in raw materials and consumables and finished goods recognised as cost of sales in the year amounted to £38,271,000 (2021: £52,720,000).  
This reduction is due to the Group’s cessation of coal related activities in the year ended 31 May 2021.

The write-down of inventories to net realisable value was £nil (2021: £nil).

There were no reversals of previous write-downs in either the current or prior year.

21  Trade and Other Receivables 

Trade receivables 
Amounts due from Group undertakings
Amounts due from undertakings in which the Group/Company has a participating 

interest

Other receivables 
Prepayments and accrued income 

Group

Company

2022
£000

30,843
–

39,992
7,426
14,537

92,798

2021
£000

26,832
–

34,096
573
16,759

78,260

2022
£000

–
54,856

26,509
47
–

81,412

2021
£000

–
66,493

11,170
17
–

77,680

Included within trade and other receivables is £4,224,000 expected to be recovered in more than 12 months. 

The Group has a variety of credit terms depending on the customer. These terms range from 30 to 90 days. 

Amounts due from Group undertakings to the Company are repayable on demand. No interest is charged on these balances.

Amounts due from undertakings in which the Group/Company has a participating interest are repayable on demand. Interest is charged at rates ranging 
between 2% and 10%.

Other receivables have increased due to the recognition of a VAT debtor of £2.8m and the invoice discounting arrangement, whereby trade debtors pay 
into a trust account prior to being converted into cash. The balance was £3.4m at 31 May 22 (2021: £nil).

Trade receivables are shown net of an expected credit loss allowance of £331,000 (2021: £267,000) arising from the ordinary course of business, as follows:

Group 
At 1 June 
Provided during the year 
Released
Utilised during the year 

At 31 May 

2022
£000

267
98
(26)
(8)

331

2021
£000

326
61
(107)
(13)

267

The expected credit loss allowance records impairment losses unless the Group is satisfied that no recovery of the amount owing is possible. At that point 
the amounts considered irrecoverable are written off against the trade receivables directly. There is no expected credit loss in respect of amounts due 
from Group undertakings or amounts due from undertakings in which the Group/Company has a participating interest.

77

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.21  Trade and Other Receivables continued
The ageing of trade receivables was: 

31 May 2022

Group
Not past due date 
Past due date (0-90 days) 
Past due date (over 90 days) 
Individually impaired amounts 

31 May 2021

Group
Not past due date 
Past due date (0-90 days) 
Past due date (over 90 days) 
Individually impaired amounts 

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade receivables at the reporting date by geographic region was: 

UK 
Europe 
Hong Kong

Gross trade 
receivables 
£000

Expected credit 
losses 
£000

Net trade 
receivables 
£000

26,076
4,752
324
22

31,174

–
–
(309)
(22)

(331)

26,076
4,752
15
–

30,843

Gross trade 
receivables 
£000

Expected credit 
losses 
£000

Net trade 
receivables 
£000

20,656
2,959
3,372
112

27,099

–
(26)
(129)
(112)

(267)

2022
£000

27,674
–
3,169

30,843

Further details on the Group’s exposure to credit and currency risks and impairment losses related to trade receivables are disclosed in Note 30. 

22  Contract Assets

31 May 2022

Group 
At 1 June 2021
Transfers from contract assets recognised at the beginning of the year to receivables 
Increase related to services provided in the year

At 31 May 2022

31 May 2021

Group 
At 1 June 2020
Transfers from contract assets recognised at the beginning of the year to receivables 
Increase related to services provided in the year
Impairments on contract assets recognised at the beginning of the year

At 31 May 2021

Aggregate costs incurred under open construction contracts and recognised profits, net of recognised losses, amounted to £100,319,000 (2021: £66,908,000).

Progress billings and advances received from customers under open construction contracts amounted to £96,473,000 (2021: £66,329,000).

Contract liabilities being advances for which related work has not started, and billings in excess of costs incurred and recognised profits are included  
in deferred income and amounted to £nil (2021: £nil).

Contract assets include £1,142,000 (2021: £1,141,000) relating to retentions, of which £354,000 (2021: £354,000) are expected to be recovered in more than 
12 months. The Company has no contract assets.

78

20,656
2,933
3,243
–

26,832

2021
£000

22,041
163
4,628

26,832

2022 
£000

1,720
(579)
5,611

6,752

2021
£000

11,456
(6,334)
950
(4,352)

1,720

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continued 
23  Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents per Balance Sheet

Cash and cash equivalents per Cash Flow Statement

Group

Company

2022
£000

13,773

13,773

2021
£000

28,303

28,303

2022
£000

15

15

2021
£000

18,591

18,591

Included in cash and cash equivalents above is £149,000 (2021: £143,000) which is held in an interest-bearing account for the Group’s benefit, and which 
will be repaid to the Group following the completion of restoration works at the House of Water mine in Ayrshire which are due to be finished shortly.

The Group’s exposure to credit and currency risk related to cash and cash equivalents is disclosed in Note 30. 

24  Other Interest-Bearing Loans and Borrowings 

This note provides information about the contractual terms of the Group’s interest-bearing loans and borrowings, which are measured at amortised cost. 
The Company has no interest-bearing loans and borrowings. For more information about the Group’s and the Company’s exposure to interest rate and 
foreign currency risk, see Note 30. 

Group

Company

Non-current liabilities 
Lease liabilities

Current liabilities 
Current portion of lease liabilities

Terms and Debt Repayment Schedule 

Lease liabilities

Currency

Sterling 

2022
£000

11,045

7,326

Face 
value 
2022 
£000

Nominal 
interest rate

Year 
of maturity

3.7%-5.1%

2022–2026

18,371

2021
£000

8,586

3,179

Carrying 
amount 
2022 
£000

18,371

2022
£000

–

–

Face 
value 
2021 
£000

11,765

2021
£000

–

–

Carrying
amount 
2021 
£000

11,765

In accordance with the presentation requirements of IFRS 9, these liabilities have been classified according to the maturity date of the longest permitted 
refinancing. The borrowing base facility was fully repaid in the year ending 31 May 2021.

Lease Liabilities 
Lease liabilities are payable as follows: 

Group

Less than one year 
Between one and five years 

Minimum lease 
payments 
2022 
£000

7,991
11,459

19,450

Interest 
2022 
£000

(665)
(414)

(1,079)

Principal 
2022 
£000

7,326
11,045

18,371

Minimum lease 
payments 
2021 
£000

3,446
9,014

12,460

Interest 
2021 
£000

(267) 
(428) 

(695) 

Principal 
2021 
£000

3,179
8,586

11,765

79

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.Group

Loans and 
borrowings 
£000 

32,000

Lease liabilities 
£000

14,623

(32,000)
–

(32,000)

–
1,263
(1,263)

–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

2022
£000

–
20,582

–
–

30

–
(6,085)

(6,085)

3,219
577
(569)

3,227

11,765

(5,531)

(5,531)

12,049
537
(449)

12,137

18,371

2021
£000

12
25,203

–
–

50

24  Other Interest-Bearing Loans and Borrowings continued
Changes in Liabilities From Financing Activities

At 1 June 2020

Changes from financing cash flows 
Proceeds from loans and borrowings
Principal elements of lease payments

Total changes from financing cash flows 

Other changes
New leases
Interest expense
Interest paid 

Total other changes

At 31 May 2021

Changes from financing cash flows 
Principal elements of lease payments

Total changes from financing cash flows 

Other changes
New leases
Interest expense
Interest paid 

Total other changes

At 31 May 2022

25  Trade and Other Payables 

Group

Company

Current 
Trade payables 
Amounts due to Group undertakings 
Amounts due to undertakings in which the Group/Company  

has a participating interest 

Other trade payables 
Deferred income
Non-trade payables and accrued expenses 

2022
£000

9,607
–

429
937
3,958
35,796

50,727

Restated* 
2021
£000

11,247
–

8
810
2,155
35,391

49,611

20,612

25,265

*   Upon review of the prior year accruals balance it was identified that a number of items should have been classified as provisions. As such a restatement has been undertaken during the year.  
The impact is an increase in provisions of £3,723,000 and a corresponding reduction in non-trade payable and accrued expenses within trade and other payables. There is no impact on  
opening reserves.

Amounts due to Group undertakings for the Company are repayable on demand. No interest is incurred on these balances.

80

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continued26  Pension Schemes and Other Retirement Benefits 
Defined Contribution Scheme
The Group operates a Group personal pension scheme. The pension cost charge for the year represents contributions payable by the Group to the 
employees’ funds and amounted to £1,696,000 (2021: £2,113,000). There were no outstanding or prepaid contributions, at either the beginning or end  
of the financial year.

Defined Benefit Schemes
The Group acquired a concessionary fuel retirement benefit scheme and became responsible for two defined benefit schemes on the acquisition of 
Maltby Colliery on 26 February 2007. The defined benefit schemes are part of two industry-wide schemes which relate to the coal industry. Details of 
these two schemes are consolidated in the tables below because the two schemes share the same characteristics and risks and as such, the disclosures 
have been aggregated. The Group is only liable for its own section of the scheme. Any deficit or surplus is not shared with other members of the 
multi-employer scheme.

In common with most company pension schemes the Industry Wide Coal Staff Superannuation Scheme (“IWCSSS”) and Industry Wide Mineworkers 
Pension Scheme (“IWMPS”) are both established as a trust under which the assets of the Scheme are held separately from those of the sponsoring 
employers. The management of the Scheme is the responsibility of its trustee board, the Committee of Management, who are required to manage the 
Scheme in accordance with its Deed and Rules. The Scheme is sectionalised so that each employer or group of associated employers has a separate 
sub-fund within the Scheme. Each employer is liable for the benefits accrued by its member employees but has no liability for benefits accrued in other 
employer sub-funds. This means that in practice each employer sub-fund effectively operates as a separate pension scheme. 

The latest full actuarial valuation of these schemes was carried out at 31 December 2018 by AON Hewitt. The next triennial valuation is due to be carried 
out as at 31 December 2021. The 31 December 2018 valuation of the IWCSSS showed a deficit of £6.4m (previously £7.5m) and a contribution schedule 
was agreed at £1.4m per annum to meet the technical provisions of the scheme by 30 April 2023. The valuation of the IWMPS showed a deficit of  
£2.8m (previously £2.7m) and a contribution schedule was agreed at £0.4m per annum to meet the technical provisions of the scheme by 31 May 2023. 
For accounting purposes under IAS 19, actuaries use different assumptions than for the triennial valuation. The major difference relates to assumptions 
concerning the future return on the growth assets portfolio. The 2018 valuations have been used as the basis, adjusted for the requirements of IAS 19  
to 31 May 2022 by a qualified independent actuary, to enable the Directors to account for the schemes as follows: 

Concessionary fuel scheme
Present value of unfunded defined benefit obligations

Defined benefit schemes
Present value of funded defined benefit obligations
Fair value of scheme assets 

Retirement benefit obligation surplus

Total schemes’ net position

Movements in Present Value of Defined Benefit Obligation 

At the beginning of the year 
Interest cost 
Remeasurement (gains)/losses:
– Changes in demographic assumptions
– Changes in financial assumptions
– Experience
Benefits paid 

At the end of the year

Movements in the Fair Value of Scheme Assets 

At the beginning of the year 
Net interest on scheme assets
Remeasurement (loss)/gain
Employer contributions 
Benefits paid 
Expenses paid

At the end of the year

2022
£000

2021
£000

(2,703)

(2,867)

(41,832)
52,214

10,382

7,679

2022
£000

58,381
1,112

(24)
(13,197)
1,074
(2,811)

44,535

2022
£000

58,425
1,131
(6,192)
2,002
(2,811)
(341)

52,214

(55,514)
58,425

2,911

44

2021
£000

59,446
882

(69)
630
(1,203)
(1,305)

58,381

2021
£000

55,678
840
1,314
2,039
(1,305)
(141)

58,425

81

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.26  Pension Schemes and Other Retirement Benefits continued
Expense Recognised in the Income Statement

Expenses paid from schemes
Interest (income)/expense on net defined benefit pension schemes

The expense is recognised in the following line items in the Income Statement: 

Administrative expenses 
Financial expenses 

Remeasurement gains recognised directly in equity in the Statement of Other Comprehensive Income:

At 1 June
Recognised in the year 

At 31 May

2022
£000

341
(19)

322

2022
£000

341
(19)

322

2022
£000

(7,382)
5,955

(1,427)

2021
£000

141
42

183

2021
£000

141
42

183

2021
£000

(9,338)
1,956

(7,382)

Scheme Assets
The fair value of the schemes’ assets, which are not intended to be realised in the short term and may be subject to significant change before they are 
realised, were:

Fair value at 
2022
£000

Fair value at 
2021
£000

Growth assets 
Matching assets 
Cash 

The split between quoted and non-quoted assets:
Quoted assets 
Non-quoted assets 

The major assumptions used in this valuation were: 

Rate of increase in deferred pensions
Rate of increase in pensions in payment
Discount rate applied to scheme liabilities 
Inflation assumption RPI
Inflation assumption CPI

29,192
22,125
897

52,214

4,353
47,861

52,214

2022

3.20%
3.20%
3.45%
3.45%
2.95%

28,766
29,131
528

58,425

3,604
54,821

58,425

2021

3.20%
3.20%
1.95%
3.35%
2.95%

The assumptions used by the actuary and approved by the Board are chosen from a range of possible actuarial assumptions which, due to the timescale 
covered, may not necessarily be borne out in practice. The inflation assumption has increased following the UK Government’s consultations on Retail 
Price Index reforms and their likely impact. The discount rate assumption is derived from the AON GBP Select curve and is the same as that used in setting 
the assumption at 31 May 2022.

The assumptions relating to longevity underlying the pension liabilities at the balance sheet date are based on the SAPS S3 actuarial tables with scaling 
factors of 110% (IWCSSS) and 105% (IWMPS) and include an allowance for future improvements in longevity based on the CMI 2019 projections with 
long-term improvement rate of 1% per annum. The same tables were used at 31 May 2021. No allowance has been made for any possible reduction  
in life expectancy due to Covid-19. The assumptions are equivalent to expecting a 60-year-old to live for a number of years as follows: 

82

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continuedIWMPS 
Current pensioner aged 60: 23.5 years (male), 27.2 years (female) (2021: 23.4 years (male), 27.2 years (female)).
Future retiree upon reaching 60: 24.7 years (male), 28.5 years (female) (2021: 24.7 years (male), 28.5 years (female)).

IWCSSS 
Current pensioner aged 60: 24.9 years (male), 27.6 years (female) (2021: 24.9 years (male), 27.6 years (female)).
Future retiree upon reaching 60: 26.1 years (male), 28.8 years (female) (2021: 26.0 years (male), 28.8 years (female)).

Risk exposure
Through its defined benefit pension plans and post-employment medical plans, the Group is exposed to a number of risks, the most significant of which 
are detailed below:

Asset volatility 
The plan liabilities are calculated using a discount rate set with reference to corporate bond yields; if plan assets underperform this yield, this will create  
a deficit. As part of the two industry-wide schemes, the schemes’ assets represent an allocation of larger investment portfolios. The growth assets include 
equities, diversified funds and interest-bearing securities and are managed by Legal & General Investment Management, Invesco and PIMCO. These assets 
also include property investments. The matching assets are managed by Legal & General Investment Management and include corporate bonds, gilts 
and other fixed interest securities. The matching assets portfolio is designed to manage risk by matching income with certain liabilities of the schemes 
over a defined period. The growth assets portfolio seeks to deliver returns in excess of benchmark targets set by the independent Trustees.

Inflation risks
Some of the Group’s pension obligations are linked to inflation, and higher inflation will lead to higher liabilities. As noted above, the matching assets 
portfolio is designed to manage risk by matching income with certain liabilities of the schemes over a defined period.

Life expectancy
The majority of the plans’ obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the member, so increases in life expectancy will result in an increase in the 
plans’ liabilities.

Sensitivity Analysis 
The Directors consider the discount rate and inflation rate assumptions to be the most significant actuarial assumptions and therefore the only 
assumptions relevant for sensitivity analysis purposes. Reasonably possible changes at the reporting date to one of the actuarial assumptions, holding 
other assumptions constant, would have increased/(decreased) the defined benefit obligation by the amounts shown below.

Discount rate (1% increase)

Inflation (1% increase)

Discount rate (1% decrease)

Inflation (1% decrease)

2022
£000

14,693

1,179

2022
£000

(2,285)

13,738

2021
£000

(9,801)

9,168

2021
£000

12,734

(8,598)

The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, 
and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial 
assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligations calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the 
reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the defined benefit liability recognised in the balance sheet. 

The methods and types of assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis did not change compared to the prior period. 

The Group expects to contribute approximately £1,800,000 to the defined benefit schemes in the next financial year. 

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is 18 years (2021: 18 years). 

The Company has no retirement benefit obligation (2021: £nil).

83

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.27  Employee Share Schemes 
The Group has established two Executive Long-Term Incentive Plans and a deferred bonus scheme. The terms and conditions of the outstanding 
schemes are as follows, whereby all options are settled by physical delivery of shares: 

Date of grant

Employees entitled

Number of 
shares granted

Principal vesting conditions

Contractual 
life

Deferred bonus scheme F
Share option scheme January 2019

July 2018
January 2019

Senior employees
Directors

60,240
499,801

3 years’ service
3 years’ service and Total Shareholder Return 

3 years
3 years

of between 35% and 85%

Share option scheme December 2019 December 2019 Directors

97,788

3 years’ service and 50% Absolute Total 

3 years

Deferred bonus scheme G
Share option scheme 2020

December 2019
August 2020

Senior employees
Directors

74,470
179,224

3 years’ service
3 years’ service and 50% Absolute Total 

3 years
3 years

Shareholder Return of between 35% and 
85% and 50% Relative Total Shareholder 
Return of between 35% and 85%

Deferred bonus scheme H
Deferred bonus scheme I
Deferred bonus scheme J
Share option scheme 2021

August 2020
October 2020
August 2021
August 2021

Senior employees
Senior employees
Senior employees
Directors and  

senior employees

62,448
38,835
14,820
146,532

Share Option Schemes

Outstanding at the beginning of the year 
Granted during the year 
Lapsed during the year
Exercised during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year 

Exercisable at the end of the year

Shareholder Return of between 35% and 
85% and 50% Relative Total Shareholder 
Return of between 35% and 85%

3 years’ service
3 years’ service
3 years’ service
3 years’ service and 50% Absolute Total 

Shareholder Return of between 35% and 
85% and 50% Relative Total Shareholder 
Return of between 35% and 85%

2022 
Weighted 
average 
exercise price 

10p
10p
10p
10p

10p

10p

2022 
Number of 
options

776,813
146,532
(302,511)
(167,586)

453,248

29,704

2021
Weighted 
average 
exercise price

10p
10p
10p
10p

10p

10p

3 years
3 years
3 years
3 years

2021 
Number of 
options

597,589
179,224
–
–

776,813

–

There were 146,532 options granted in the year with a weighted average exercise price of 10p per share. These options are not exercisable before 
3 August 2024. There were 167,586 options exercised in the year with a weighted average market value of 572p.

Deferred Bonus Schemes

Outstanding at the beginning of the year 
Granted during the year 
Lapsed during the year 
Exercised during the year 

Outstanding at the end of the year 

Exercisable at the end of the year 

2022 
Weighted 
average 
exercise price 

–
–
–
–

–

–

2022 
Number of 
options

174,089
14,820
–
(48,446)

140,463

–

2021
Weighted 
average 
exercise price

–
–
–
–

–

–

2021 
Number of 
options

163,970
101,283
(61,904)
(29,260)

174,089

–

The options outstanding at 31 May 2022 have an exercise price of £nil and a weighted average contractual life of 1 year 3 months. There were 14,820 options 
granted in the year with a weighted average exercise price of £nil. These options are not exercisable before 3 August 2024. There were 48,446 options exercised 
in the year with a weighted average market value of 462p. 

84

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continuedThe fair value of services received in return for share options granted is measured by reference to the fair value of share options granted. The estimate  
of the fair value of the services received in respect of the Deferred Bonus Schemes is measured based on the Black-Scholes model. The contractual life  
of the option is used as an input into this model. A Monte Carlo model is used for the January 2019, December 2019, August 2020 and August 2021  
Share Option Schemes due to their more complex measurement characteristics involving the market conditions noted above in relation to relative  
Total Shareholder Return (TSR) and absolute TSR. For market based vesting conditions, such as the absolute TSR and relative TSR performance metrics,  
the probability of meeting these metrics and the number of awards expected to vest is taken into account when calculating the estimated fair value. 

The fair value of options and the assumptions used in these calculations for the options outstanding are as follows:

Fair value at grant date
Exercise price
Share price
Expected volatility
Option life
Expected dividend
Risk-free rate

2019 
Deferred 
Bonus 
Scheme F

2019  
January 
Share option 
scheme

2019  
December  
Share option 
scheme

2019 
Deferred 
Bonus 
Scheme G

2020  
December  
Share option 
scheme

2020 
Deferred 
Bonus 
Scheme H

3.32
–
3.54
40%
3 years
2%
1.7%

0.34
0.10
2.96
29%
3 years
2.44%
0.87%

1.84
0.10
2.85
31%
3 years
2.53%
0.55%

2.69
–
2.86
31%
3 years
2.53%
1.7%

1.57
0.10
2.22
33%
3 years
2.03%
0.00%

2.02
–
2.19
31%
3 years
2.53%
0.0%

2020 
Deferred 
Bonus 
Scheme I

1.90
–
2.06
31%
3 years
2.53%
0.0%

2021 
Deferred 
Bonus 
Scheme J

2021  
August  
Share option 
scheme

4.51
–
5.05
40%
3 years
3.69%
0.0%

4.91
–
5.21
40%
3 years
3.69%
0.11%

Volatility was calculated with reference to the Group’s daily share price volatility. The weighted average share price in the year was 485p (2021: 260p).

Share options outstanding at the end of the year have the following expiry date and exercise prices:

Options outstanding

Deferred Bonus Scheme F
Share option scheme January 2019
Share option scheme December 2019
Deferred Bonus Scheme G
Share option scheme December 2020
Deferred Bonus Scheme H
Deferred Bonus Scheme I
Deferred Bonus Scheme J
Share option scheme August 2021

Expiry date

Exercise price

31 May 2022
30 January 2024
13 December 2024
13 December 2024
5 August 2025
5 August 2025
1 October 2025
3 August 2024
3 August 2024

–
10p
10p
–
10p
–
–
–
10p

Long-Term Incentive Plans and Deferred Bonus Schemes
The costs charged/(credited) to the Income Statement relating to share-based payments were as follows: 

Share options granted in 2018
Share options granted in 2019
Share options granted in 2020
Share options granted in 2021
Share options granted in 2022

2022

–
29,704
97,788
24,360
179,224
62,448
38,835
14,820
146,532

593,711

2022
£000

–
54
53
114
128

349

2021

48,446
499,801
97,788
24,360
179,224
62,448
38,835
–
–

950,902

2021
£000

3
88
37
90
–

218

85

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.28  Provisions 

Group

At 1 June 2021*
Provisions made during the year
Provisions utilised during the year
Provisions reversed

At 31 May 2022

Contract 
provisions
£000

Surface mining 
restoration 
£000

Dilapidations 
provisions 
£000

Insurance 
provisions 
£000

Other 
provisions 
£000

5,100
1,401
(376)
–

6,125

3,087
740
(1,900)
(171)

1,756

128
2,216
–
–

2,344

579
–
(15)
–

564

2,231
145
(1,381)
–

995

Total 
provisions 
£000

11,125
4,502
(3,672)
(171)

11,784

*  Upon review of the prior year accruals balance it was identified that a number of items should have been classified as provisions. As such a restatement has been undertaken during the year.  
The impact is an increase in provisions of £3,723,000 and a corresponding reduction in non-trade payable and accrued expenses within trade and other payables. There is no impact on 
opening reserves.

Included within the Surface mining restoration provision is an amount of £1,756,000 (2021: £3,087,000) that is expected to be utilised in the next 12 months. 
The contract provisions of £6,125,000 (2021: £5,100,000) are expected to be utilised in the next 12 months.

Provisions comprise: 
1.  The contract provisions represent losses expected to arise, but not yet incurred on construction contracts and other contracts where the Group has 
identified potential warranty, defects or performance obligations. Although these obligations are expected to be completed in the next 12 months, 
the nature of such obligations may mean that they take longer to be completed. 

2.  A £1,756,000 restoration provision relates to the surface mining obligation to restore the sites now that mining operations have ceased. This obligation 

is expected to be completed before 31 May 2023 although weather and operational conditions may mean that it takes longer to complete the 
restoration works.

3.  A £2,344,000 dilapidations provision relates to property leases where there are contractual obligations to restore the property to the condition prior to 
the commencement of the lease. The dilapidations provision is based on a third party assessment of the cost of the work which has been carried out 
on behalf of the landlord.

4.  The insurance provisions represent unpaid amounts for an estimated number of claims that have occurred but not yet been reported.
5.  Other provisions relate to various trading related uncertainties that give rise to a potential outflow of resources.

The Company has no provisions at 31 May 2022 (2021: £nil). 

29  Capital and Reserves 
Share Capital 

In issue at 1 June and 31 May

Allotted, called up and fully paid
32,527,638 (2021: 32,311,606) ordinary shares of 10p each (excluding own shares held)
Own shares held of 10p each 611,118 (2021: 827,150)

Group and Company  
ordinary shares

2022
Number

2021
Number

33,138,756

33,138,756

2022
£000

3,253
61

3,314

2021
£000

3,231
83

3,314

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of  
the Company.

At the year end the Group held 611,118 (2021: 827,150) within Treasury shares, representing own shares purchased as part of the Group’s share buyback 
programme. These shares had a market value of £3.4m at 31 May 2022 (2021: £3.1m) and were purchased for an aggregate consideration of £3.5m (2021: £4.7m).

Share Premium
The share premium represents the excess amount paid for share capital issued at prices higher than the nominal value. 

Translation Reserve 
The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising since 1 June 2007, the transition date to Adopted IFRSs, from the translation of 
the financial statements of foreign operations. 

Hedging Reserve 
The hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments related to hedged 
transactions that have not yet occurred. 

86

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continued 
Share-based Payments Reserve
The Share-based Payments reserve comprises the cumulative charge in relation to the Group’s long term incentive plans (Note 27). This reserve is expected 
to move in line with the charge recognised in the Share-based Payment charge recognised in the Income Statement.

Other Reserves 
Other reserves, the Merger reserve, and the Capital Redemption reserve are historical reserves for which no movements are anticipated. 

Dividends 
The aggregate amount of dividends paid in the year comprises: 

Final dividend paid in respect of prior year but not recognised as liabilities in that year (4.5p per share (2021: 4.5p))
Additional dividend paid in respect of the prior year (12.0p per share) (2021: nil)
Interim dividends paid in respect of the prior year (2.8p per share) (2021: 2.7p)

Proposed final dividend (5.6p per share (2021: 4.5p))
Proposed additional dividend (12.0p per share) (2021: 12.0p)

2022
£000

1,454
3,877
906

6,237

1,812
3,883

2021
£000

1,452
–
873

2,325

1,454
3,877

The proposed dividends are not included in liabilities as they were not approved before the year end. 

30  Financial Instruments 
The Group’s and Company’s principal financial instruments comprise short-term receivables and payables, bank loans and overdrafts, obligations under 
finance leases and cash. Neither the Group nor the Company trades in financial instruments but uses derivative financial instruments in the form of forward 
rate agreements and forward foreign currency contracts to help manage its foreign currency, interest rate and commodity price exposures. The main 
purpose of these financial instruments is to raise finance for the Group’s and Company’s ongoing operations and to manage its working capital requirements. 

(a)  Fair Values of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities 
Fair Value Hierarchy 
The following hierarchy classifies each class of financial asset or liability depending on the valuation technique applied in determining its fair value: 
Level 1: 
Level 2: 

The fair value is calculated based on quoted prices traded in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 
 The fair value is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly  
or indirectly. The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly 
transaction between market participants at the measurement date. 
The fair value is based on inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). 

Level 3: 

In both 2022 and 2021 all of the forward exchange contracts are considered to be Level 2 contracts. There have been no transfers between categories  
in the current or preceding year. 

All other financial assets and financial liabilities are considered to be level 3.

The fair value of financial instruments held at fair value have been determined based on available market information at the balance sheet date. 

The fair value of the options has been determined based upon the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the entities.

(b)  Credit Risk 
Financial Risk Management 
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and  
arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers. The Group’s risk is influenced by the nature of its customers. New customers are analysed  
for creditworthiness before the Group’s standard payment terms and conditions are offered and appropriate credit limits set. 

Exposure to Credit Risk 
The maximum Group exposure to credit risk at the balance sheet date was £80,476,000 (2021: £63,221,000) being the total of the carrying amount  
of trade receivables, other receivables, contract assets and amounts due from undertakings in which the Group has a participating interest. 

The maximum Company exposure to credit risk at the balance sheet date was £91,412,000 (2021: £77,680,000) being the total of the carrying amount  
of trade receivables, other receivables and amounts due from Group undertakings. 

The allowance account for trade receivables is used to record impairment losses unless the Group or the Company is satisfied that no recovery of the 
amount owing is possible; at that point the amounts considered irrecoverable are written off against the trade receivables directly. Further information  
on credit risk is provided in Note 21. 

87

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.30  Financial Instruments continued
(c) Liquidity Risk 
Financial Risk Management 
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group and the Company will not be able to access the necessary funds to finance their operations. The Group finances 
operations through a mix of short and medium-term facilities. 

The Group manages its liquidity risk by monitoring existing facilities and cash flows against forecast requirements based on a rolling cash forecast. 

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments and excluding the effect of netting agreements: 

Group

2022

2021

Carrying 
amount 
£000

Contractual  
cash flow 
£000

1 year  
or less 
£000

1 to <2 
years 
£000

2 to <5 
years 
£000

5 years 
and over 
£000

Restated*
Carrying 
Amount 
£000

Restated*
Contractual  
cash flow 
£000

Restated*
1 year  
or less 
£000

1 to <2 
years 
£000

2 to <5 
years 
£000

5 years 
and over 
£000

Non-derivative financial liabilities
Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables*

18,371 19,450
50,727 50,727

7,991 8,644 2,815
–

50,727

–

Derivative financial liabilities
Forward exchange contracts used  

for hedging:

Outflow 

–

–

–

–

–

69,098

70,177

58,718 8,644 2,815

–
–

–

–

11,765
49,611

12,461
49,611

3,446
49,611

2,961
–

6,054
–

43

43

43

–

–

61,419

62,115

53,100

2,961

6,054

–
–

–

–

*  Upon review of the prior year accruals balance it was identified that a number of items should have been classified as provisions. As such a restatement has been undertaken during the year.  
The impact is an increase in provisions of £3,723,000 and a corresponding reduction in non-trade payable and accrued expenses within trade and other payables. There is no impact on 
opening reserves.

Company

Carrying 
amount 
£000

Contractual  
cash flow 
£000

1 year  
or less 
£000

2022

1 to <2 
years 
£000

2 to <5 
years 
£000

5 years 
and over 
£000

Carrying 
Amount 
£000

Contractual  
cash flow 
£000

1 year or 
less 
£000

2021

1 to <2 
years 
£000

2 to <5 
years 
£000

5 years 
and over 
£000

Non-derivative financial liabilities
Trade and other payables 

20,612

20,612 20,612

–

–

–

25,265

25,265 25,265

–

–

–

(d)  Market Risk 
Financial Risk Management 
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices will affect the Group’s or the 
Company’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. 

Group 
The Group is exposed to currency risk on sales and purchases that are denominated in a currency other than the respective functional currencies  
of Group entities. The Group’s policy is to reduce currency exposures on sales and purchasing through forward foreign currency contracts. 

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk principally where its borrowings are at a variable interest rate. Levels of interest-bearing borrowings are 
monitored to minimise the exposure to interest rate risk, when appropriate the Group will utilise interest rate swaps to mitigate the remaining risk. 
Currently, the Group does not have any interest rate swaps in place. 

Commodity Price Risk
Commodity price risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group through open positions on the trading of mineral commodities, prices for which are subject 
to variations that are both uncontrollable and unpredictable. 

The Group mitigates these risks wherever practicable, through the use of measures including fixed price contracts, hedging instruments and “back-to-back” 
purchase and sale agreements. 

88

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continuedForeign Currency Risk 
Group 
The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk is as follows. This is based on the carrying amount for monetary financial instruments except derivatives 
when it is based on notional amounts. 

31 May 2022

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade receivables 
Loans due from undertakings in which the Group has  

a participating interest 

Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income 
Trade payables 
Other trade payables
Non-trade payables and accrued expenses

Net exposure 

Euro 
£000

435
–

26,042
12
–
–
–
(10)

26,479

US Dollar 
£000

Hong Kong 
Dollar 
£000

South 
African Rand 
£000

Indian 
Rupee 
£000

Malaysian 
Ringgit 
£000

1
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

1

2,718
3,119

–
228
4,557
(875)
(231)
(3,411)

6,105

738
–

–
27
336
(96)
–
(706)

299

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

Total 
£000

3,904
3,119

26,042
267
4,900
(971)
(231)
(4,140)

12
–

–
–
7
–
–
(13)

6

32,890

The Group has no future contracted sales or purchases denominated in a foreign currency at 31 May 2022.

31 May 2021

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade receivables 
Loans due from undertakings in which the Group has  

a participating interest 

Trade receivables due from undertakings in which the  

Group has a participating interest

Other receivables
Trade payables 
Other trade payables 
Non-trade payables and accrued expenses

Balance Sheet exposure 

Contracted future sales
Contracted future purchases

Gross exposure
Forward exchange contracts 

Net exposure 

Euro 
£000

US Dollar 
£000

Hong Kong 
Dollar 
£000

South 
African Rand 
£000

Indian 
Rupee 
£000

Malaysian 
Ringgit 
£000

1
25

11,170

5,873
12
(14)
–
(10)

17,057

1,036
(799)

17,294
758

18,052

1
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

1

–
(889)

(888)
873

(15)

2,248
4,628

–

–
96
(1,069)
(10)
(4,050)

1,843

–
–

1,843
(3,363)

(1,520)

1,442
3

–

–
12
–
–
(692)

765

–
–

765
–

765

–
–

–

–
–
–
(11)
–

(11)

–
–

(11)
–

(11)

38
–

–

–
35
–
–
(6)

67

–
–

67
–

67

Total 
£000

3,730
4,656

11,170

5,873
155
(1,083)
(21)
(4,758)

19,722

1,036
(1,688)

19,070
(1,732)

17,338

89

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.30  Financial Instruments continued
Foreign Currency Risk continued

Company 
The Company’s exposure to foreign currency risk is as follows. 

31 May 2022

Trade receivables due from Group undertakings
Loans due from Group undertakings
Loans due from undertakings in which the Group has a participating interest 
Trade receivables due from undertakings in which the Group has  

a participating interest

Trade payables due to Group undertakings

Balance sheet exposure 

31 May 2021

Trade receivables due from Group undertakings
Loans due from Group undertakings
Loans due from undertakings in which the Group has a participating interest 
Trade receivables due from undertakings in which the Group has  

a participating interest

Trade payables due to Group undertakings

Balance sheet exposure 
Forward exchange contracts 

Net exposure 

Euro 
£000

–
–
26,042

458
(983)

25,517

Euro 
£000

–
–
11,170

201
(983)

10,388
–

10,388

Hong Kong 
Dollar 
£000

South African 
Rand 
£000

Total 
£000

370
1,390
26,042

458
(983)

370
1,376
–

–
–

1,746

27,277

–
14
–

–
–

14

Hong Kong 
Dollar 
£000

South African 
Rand 
£000

–
3,490
–

–
–

3,490
(3,363)

127

183
953
–

–
–

1,136
–

1,136

Total 
£000

183
4,443
11,170

201
(983)

15,014
(3,363)

11,651

Sensitivity Analysis
Group
A 10% weakening of the following currencies against the Pound Sterling at 31 May 2022 would have increased equity and profit or loss by the amounts 
shown below. This calculation assumes that the change occurred at the balance sheet date and had been applied to risk exposures existing at that date. 

This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular other exchange rates and interest rates, remain constant. The analysis is performed on the same 
basis for 2021. 

Equity

Profit or loss

€
$
HKD 
ZAR
INR
MYR

2022
£000

(2,407)
–
(555)
(27)
–
(1)

2021
£000

1,641
(1)
408
56
(1)
7

2022
£000

(2,407)
–
(555)
(27)
–
(1)

2021
£000

1,641
(1)
408
56
(1)
7

A 10% strengthening of the above currencies against the Pound Sterling at 31 May 2022 would have had the equal but opposite effect on the above 
currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant. 

90

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continuedInterest Rate Risk 
Profile 
At the balance sheet date, the interest rate profile of the Group’s interest-bearing financial instruments was: 

Fixed rate instruments 
Financial liabilities 

Variable rate instruments 
Financial assets 

Group

2022
£000

(18,371)

(18,371)

13,773

13,773

2021
£000

(11,765)

(11,765)

28,303

28,303

Company

2022
£000

–

–

15

15

2021
£000

–

–

18,591

18,591

Sensitivity Analysis 
An increase of one basis point in interest rates throughout the period would have affected profit or loss by the amounts shown below. This calculation 
assumes that the change occurred at all points in the period and had been applied to the average risk exposures throughout the period. 

This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant and considers the effect of financial instruments with 
variable interest rates, financial instruments at fair value through profit and loss with fixed interest rates and the fixed rate element of interest rate swaps. 
The analysis is performed on the same basis for 2021. 

Profit or loss 
Increase/(decrease)

Group

Company

2022
£000

210

2021
£000

(74)

2022
£000

93

2021
£000

79

(e)  Cash Flow Hedges 
Cash Flow Hedges – Group 
The following table indicates the periods in which the cash flows associated with cash flow hedging instruments are expected to occur: 

2022 Expected cash flows

2021 Expected cash flows

Carrying 
amount 
£000

1 year or less 
£000

1 to <2 years 
£000

2 to <5 years 
£000

5 years  
and over 
£000

Carrying 
Amount 
£000

1 year or less 
£000

1 to <2 years 
£000

2 to <5 years 
£000

5 years 
and over 
£000

Forward exchange 

contracts: 

Assets
Liabilities
Commodity contracts: 
Liabilities

–
–

– 

–

–
–

– 

–

–
–

– 

– 

–
–

– 

– 

–
–

–

–

2
(43)

– 

(41)

2
(43)

– 

(41)

–
–

– 

– 

–
–

– 

– 

–
–

–

–

(f)  Capital Management 
The Group manages its capital to ensure that it will be able to continue as a going concern, whilst maximising the return to shareholders. The capital 
structure of the Group consists of debt, which includes leasing related borrowings of £18,371,000 (2021: £11,765,000), cash and cash equivalents of 
£13,773,000 (2021: £28,303,000), and equity attributable to equity holders of the Parent, comprising capital, reserves and retained earnings of £183,136,000 
(2021: £144,296,000). 

The capital structure is reviewed regularly by the Directors. The Group’s policy is to maintain gearing at levels appropriate to the business. The Directors 
take consideration of gearing determined as the proportion of net debt to total capital. It should be noted that the Directors review gearing taking careful 
account of the working capital needs and flows of the business. The Group has access to an undrawn £12m invoice discounting facility with Santander. 
This facility provides the Group with additional flexibility to deal with any short term working capital fluctuations. The Group’s assets are not covered  
by any debenture and the invoice discounting facility has no associated covenants.

The Directors consider the allocation of capital delivered from asset realisation and cash flows from operations, taking into account the growth 
opportunities and return on capital employed in each business unit. 

91

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.31  Capital Commitments 
Group 
At 31 May 2022, the Group had capital commitments of £277,000 which relate to the acquisition of plant and machinery (2021: £3,583,000).

Company
At 31 May 2022, the Company had capital commitments totalling £nil (2021: £nil).

32  Contingencies 
Group and Company 
The Company and certain of its subsidiary undertakings have composite arrangements in connection with banking facilities. The Company acts as a 
guarantor, or surety, for various subsidiary undertakings and joint ventures in banking and other agreements entered into by them in the normal course  
of business. 

The Group has performance bonds and guarantees in place in relation to various performance obligations under certain contracts. The total value  
of these bonds at 31 May 2022 is £2.1m (2021: £3.8m).

In relation to HRMS, the Group has provided a €5m or £4.3m (2021: €5m or £4.5m) guarantee in connection with the banking facilities of HRMS. 

33  Related Parties 
Identity of Related Parties With Which the Group has Transacted
The Group and the Company have a related party relationship with their subsidiaries and joint ventures (Note 16) and its Directors. All related party 
transactions were made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s length transactions only.

Sales to

2022
£000

381
136
1,906

2,423

2021
£000

720
109
24,747

25,576

Purchases from

2022
£000

2021
£000

–
–
–

–

Interest received from

Interest paid to

2022
£000

531

2021
£000

208

2022
£000

–

Loan receivables outstanding 

Trade receivables outstanding

Payables outstanding

2022
£000

12,716
142
–
26,042

38,900

2021
£000

10,984
131
5,582
11,160

27,857

2022
£000

44
–
84
964

1,092

2021
£000

235
–
130
5,873

6,238

2022
£000

12
–
417
–

429

–
–
–

–

2021
£000

–

2021
£000

7
–
–
–

7

Group 
Other Related Party Transactions 

Joint ventures
Tower Regeneration Limited
Waystone Hargreaves Land LLP
Hargreaves Services Europe Limited

Joint ventures
Hargreaves Services Europe Limited

Joint ventures 
Tower Regeneration Limited 
Carbon Action Limited
Waystone Hargreaves Land LLP
Hargreaves Services Europe Limited

92

Hargreaves Services plcNotes  (forming part of the financial statements) continuedTransactions with Key Management Personnel 
The Directors are the key management personnel of the Group. Details of Directors’ remuneration, share options, pension benefits and other non-cash 
benefits can be found in Note 7. In addition to this, the element of the share-based payment charge for the year that relates to key management 
personnel is £192,000 (2021: £125,000) and the social security costs amounted to £65,000 (2021: £191,000). There are no other post-employment  
or other long-term benefits. 

The Company had no transactions with key management personnel. 

Company 
Other Related Party Transactions 

Subsidiaries 
Joint ventures

Receivables outstanding 

Payables outstanding

2022
£000

54,856
26,509

81,365

2021
£000

66,493
11,170

77,663

2022
£000

20,582
–

20,582

2021
£000

25,202
–

25,202

34  Ultimate Controlling Party
The Company is listed on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange. Material shareholders are detailed within the Directors’ 
Report. There is no ultimate controlling party of the Group.

35  Post Balance Sheet Events
On 7 July 2022, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of SBU Limited, which in turn is the parent of S&B Utilities Limited for total consideration  
of £750,000 in cash. 

93

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.Alternative Performance Measure Glossary

This report provides alternative performance measures (“APMs”), which are not defined or specified under the requirements of International Financial 
Reporting Standards. The Board believes that these APMs provide readers with important additional information on the business.

Alternative Performance Measure

Definition and Purpose

Underlying profit before tax (“UPBT”)

Represents the profit before tax prior to exceptional items, fair value adjustments and impairment  
of intangible assets, and, in accordance with International Accounting Standards, includes the Group’s 
share of the post-tax profit of its German joint venture. This measure is consistent with how the business 
measures performance and is reported to the Board.

Profit before tax from continuing operations
Exceptional items (see Note 5)
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill

Underlying profit before tax

2022
£000

34,481
(1,754)
–

32,727

2021
£000

14,374
2,186
4,635

21,195

Basic underlying earnings per share

EBITDA

Profit attributable to the equity holders of the Company prior to exceptional items and impairment of 
intangible assets and fair value gains on acquisition after tax divided by the weighted average number  
of ordinary shares during the financial year adjusted for the effects of any potentially dilutive options.  
See Note 11.

EBITDA is defined as profit before tax from continuing operations prior to charges for depreciation  
and impairment and interest and excludes the share of profit from jointly controlled entities and gains  
and losses on the sale of fixed assets.

Profit before tax from continuing operations
Depreciation and impairment
Impairment of goodwill
Net finance (income)/expense
Share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax)
Profit on sale of fixed assets

EBITDA

2022
£000

34,481
8,666
–
(53)
(28,200)
(1,298)

13,596

2021
£000

14,374
6,562
4,635
1,236
(17,680)
(3,667)

5,460

Net debt/(cash)

Represents the net position of the Group’s cash and loan balances including leases. Calculated as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
Non-current interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Current interest bearings loans and borrowings

Net (debt)/cash

2022
£000

13,773
(11,045)
(7,326)

(4,598)

2021
£000

28,303
(8,586)
(3,179)

16,538

Net Asset Value per share

Represents the Net Asset value of the Group divided by the number of shares in issue less those shares 
held in treasury. Calculated as follows:

Total shares in issue
Less shares in treasury

Shares for calculation

Net Asset Value per Balance Sheet

Net Asset Value per share

2022

2021

33,138,756
(611,118)

33,138,756
(827,150)

32,527,638

32,311,606

£183,136,000

£144,296,000

£5.63

£4.47

94

Hargreaves Services plcNotice of Annual General Meeting – Hargreaves Services plc 
(incorporated and registered in England and Wales  
under company number 4952865) 

NOTICE IS GIVEN that this year’s Annual General Meeting of Hargreaves Services plc (the Company) will be held at Prior’s Hall, Durham Cathedral, 
Durham, DH1 3EH on 27 October 2022 at 11.00am to consider and, if thought fit, approve the following resolutions:

Ordinary Business 
1.  To adopt and receive the Directors’ Report, the Strategic Report, the Directors’ Corporate Governance and Remuneration Reports, the Audit & Risk 

Committee Report, the Auditor’s Report and the Financial Statements for the year ended 31 May 2022. 

2.  To approve the Directors’ Corporate Governance and Remuneration Reports for the year ended 31 May 2022. 
3.  To declare a final dividend for the year ended 31 May 2022 of 5.6 pence per ordinary share to bring the dividend for the year ended 31 May 2022  

to a total of 8.4 pence per ordinary share.

4.  To declare an additional dividend of 12 pence per ordinary share in respect of dividends paid to the Company by Hargreaves Services Europe Limited.
5.  To re-appoint David Anderson as a director of the Company in accordance with article 34 of the Company’s articles of association, who offers himself 

for re-appointment. 

6.  To re-appoint Gordon Banham a director of the Company in accordance with article 34 of the Company’s articles of association, who offers himself  

for re-appointment.

7.  To re-appoint Nigel Halkes as a director of the Company in accordance with article 34 of the Company’s articles of association, who offers himself  

for re-appointment.

8.  To re-appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors of the Company to hold office from the conclusion of this meeting to the conclusion of the 

next general meeting at which accounts are laid before the Company.

9.  To authorise the Audit & Risk Committee of the board of directors to determine the remuneration of the auditors. 
10. To authorise the directors of the Company pursuant to section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act) generally and unconditionally to exercise  
all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into such shares in the 
Company (Rights): 
10.1  up to an aggregate nominal value of £1,084,255 (representing approximately one-third of the total ordinary share capital in issue (excluding 

shares held in Treasury) as at 22 July 2022); and 

10.2  comprising equity securities (within the meaning of section 560 of the Act) up to an aggregate nominal amount of £2,168,509 (after deducting 

from such amount any shares allotted under the authority conferred by virtue of resolution 10.1) in connection with or pursuant to an offer or 
invitation by way of a rights issue (as defined below), provided that such authorities conferred by this resolution 10 shall expire on the earlier  
of the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or the date falling six months after the end of the Company’s current 
financial year unless varied, revoked or renewed by the Company in general meeting, save that the Company may at any time before such expiry 
make offers or agreements which would or might require shares to be allotted or Rights to be granted after such expiry and the directors may 
allot shares and grant Rights pursuant to such offers or agreements as if the relevant authorities conferred by this resolution 10 had not expired. 
These authorities shall be in substitution for all previous authorities previously granted to the directors to allot shares and grant Rights which  
are pursuant to this resolution 10 revoked but without prejudice to any allotment or grant of Rights made or entered into prior to the date  
of this resolution 10. 

For the purposes of this resolution 10, rights issue means an offer or invitation to (i) holders of ordinary shares in proportion (as nearly as may  
be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held by them on the record date for such allotment and (ii) persons who are holders 
of other classes of equity securities if this is required by the rights of such securities (if any) or, if the directors of the Company consider necessary, 
as permitted by the rights of those securities, to subscribe for further securities by means of the issue of a renounceable letter (or other negotiable 
instrument) which may be traded for a period before payment for the securities is due, but subject in both cases to such exclusions or other 
arrangements as the directors of the Company may deem necessary or expedient in relation to fractional entitlements, treasury shares, record 
dates or legal, regulatory or practical difficulties which may arise under the laws of, or the requirements of, any recognised regulatory body  
or any stock exchange in any territory or any other matter whatsoever. 

11. Subject to and conditional upon the passing of resolution 10 (and in substitution for all existing like powers granted to the directors of the Company 
(to the extent they remain in force and unexercised)), the directors be and are empowered pursuant to sections 570 and 573 of the Act to allot equity 
securities (as defined in section 560 of the Act) of the Company for cash pursuant to the authority conferred upon them by resolution 10 or where the 
allotment constitutes an allotment of equity securities by virtue of section 560(3) of the Act as if section 561(1) of the Act and sub-sections (1) – (6) of  
section 562 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to the allotment of equity securities: 
11.1 pursuant to the authority conferred upon them by resolution 10.1 or where the allotment constitutes an allotment of equity securities by virtue  
of section 560(3) of the Act as if section 561(1) of the Act and sub-sections (1) – (6) of section 562 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment, 
provided that this power shall be limited to the allotment of equity securities: 

11.1.1 in connection with or pursuant to an offer of such securities by way of a pre-emptive offer (as defined below); and 
11.1.2. 

(otherwise than pursuant to resolution 11.1.1) up to an aggregate nominal value of £325,276 (representing approximately 10% of the total 

ordinary share capital in issue (excluding shares held in Treasury) as at 22 July 2022); and

11.2  pursuant to the authority conferred upon them by resolution 10.2, in connection with or pursuant to a rights issue, 

as if section 561(1) of the Act and sub-sections (1) – (6) of section 562 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment, and the powers given shall 
expire on the earlier of the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or the date falling six months after the end of the 
Company’s current financial year unless renewed or extended prior to such expiry, save that the directors of the Company may before such 
expiry make offers or agreements which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the directors may allot 
equity securities in pursuance of any such offer or agreement as if the power had not expired.

95

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2. 
 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting – Hargreaves Services plc 
(incorporated and registered in England and Wales  
under company number 4952865) continued

For the purpose of this resolution 11: 

(a)   rights issue has the meaning given in resolution 10; and
(b) 

 pre-emptive offer means a rights issue, open offer or other pre-emptive issue or offer to (i) holders of ordinary shares in proportion (as nearly 
as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held by them on the record date(s) for such allotment; and (ii) persons 
who are holders of other classes of equity securities if this is required by the rights of such securities (if any) or, if the directors of the Company 
consider necessary, as permitted by the rights of those securities, but subject in both cases to such exclusions or other arrangements as  
the directors of the Company may deem necessary or expedient in relation to fractional entitlements, treasury shares, record dates or legal, 
regulatory or practical difficulties which may arise under the laws of, or the requirements of, any recognised regulatory body or any stock 
exchange in any territory or any other matter whatsoever. 

Special Business 
12. The Company be and is generally and unconditionally authorised for the purpose of section 701 of the Act to make market purchases (which in this 

resolution shall have the meaning given to this term in section 693(4) of the Act) of its ordinary shares of 10 pence each in the capital of the Company 
(Ordinary Shares) on the terms set out below: 
12.1  the maximum aggregate number of Ordinary Shares authorised to be purchased by the Company pursuant to this resolution 12 is 4,879,146 
(representing approximately 15% of the total ordinary share capital in issue (excluding shares held in Treasury) as at 22 July 2022); and 

12.2  the minimum price which may be paid for each of those Ordinary Shares (exclusive of expenses) is 10 pence; and 
12.3  the maximum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be paid for each of those Ordinary Shares is not more than the higher of (i) 5% above the 

average of the middle market quotations for Ordinary Shares (as derived from the Daily Official Lists of the London Stock Exchange) for the five 
dealing days immediately preceding the date of purchase and (ii) the price stipulated by European Commission-adopted Regulatory Technical 
Standards pursuant to Article 5(6) of the Market Abuse Regulation, but so that this authority shall (unless previously varied, revoked or renewed) 
expire on the earlier of the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or the date falling six months after the end of the 
Company’s current financial year, save that the Company may before the expiry of this authority conclude any contract for the purchase of its 
own shares pursuant to the authority conferred by this resolution 12 which contract would or might be executed wholly or partially after the 
expiration of this authority as if the authority conferred by this resolution 12 had not expired.

As at the date of this Notice, as there are currently no legal restrictions due to COVID-19 on gatherings (including general meetings) in 
England, the Company intends to welcome shareholders at a physical in-person meeting. However, in the event that UK Government 
and Public Health England guidance changes in respect of COVID-19, the Company reserves its right to change the arrangements in 
order to comply with any such restrictions and in the interests of health and safety.

Shareholders are strongly encouraged to appoint the chair of the Meeting as their proxy with their voting instructions set out below. 
Appointment of a proxy will not preclude shareholders from attending and voting at the Annual General
Meeting should they choose to do so.

The Board encourages shareholders to exercise their right to vote in the following ways:

•  You can cast your votes by proxy by completing the enclosed proxy form and returning it to Registrars of the Company, Neville 

Registrars Limited, Neville House, Steelpark Road, Halesowen, West Midlands B62 8HD no later than 11.00am on 25 October 2022. 
Full details of how to vote using the proxy form can be found in the Notes to this notice on pages 97 to 99. Completion and return  
of the proxy form will not itself prevent shareholders from attending in person and voting at the meeting should they subsequently 
decide to do so.

•  CREST members may use the CREST electronic proxy appointment service to submit their proxy appointment in respect of the 

Annual General Meeting as detailed in the Notes to this notice on pages 97 to 99.

Any changes to the Annual General Meeting will be communicated to shareholders before the meeting through our website  
(www.hsgplc.co.uk) and, where appropriate, by RNS announcement. In the event that UK Government and Public Health England 
guidance changes which results in external shareholders being prohibited from attending the Annual General Meeting, we will  
arrange a facility for shareholders to ask questions of the Board of Directors.

26 July 2022 
By order of the Board 

John Samuel 
Company Secretary 

Registered Office: 
West Terrace
Esh Winning 
Durham
DH7 9PT 
Registered in England and Wales No. 4952865 

96

Hargreaves Services plc 
 
Notes 
1.     This notice is the formal notification to members of the Company’s Annual General Meeting (the Meeting), its date, time and place and the matters to 
be considered. If you are in doubt as to what action you should take you should consult an independent adviser. As at the date of this Notice, as there 
are no legal restrictions in place due to COVID-19 on gatherings (including general meetings) in England, the Board is hoping to welcome shareholders 
in person to the Annual General Meeting. The Company will continue to monitor the impact of COVID-19 and reserves the ability to revise arrangements 
in relation to the Meeting should circumstances change. Any relevant updates regarding the Meeting will be available on the Company’s website.
2.    Resolutions 1 to 10 will be proposed as ordinary resolutions. A simple majority (being more than 50%) of votes cast must be in favour of each such 

resolution in order for it to be passed.

  Resolutions 11 and 12 will be proposed as special resolutions. A special resolution requires 75% or more of votes cast to be in favour of such resolution 

in order for it to be passed. 

  All business proposed at the Meeting is ordinary business, pursuant to Article 24.1, save for Resolution 12. Pursuant to Regulation 41 of the 

Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (as amended), only those shareholders registered in the register of members of the Company at close of 
business on 25 October 2022 as holders of ordinary shares of 10 pence each in the capital of the Company shall be entitled to attend and vote at the 
Meeting in respect of the number of shares registered in their name at the time. Changes to entries in the register of members after close of business 
on 25 October 2022 shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend and vote at the Meeting.

3.    If you are a member of the Company at the time set out in Note 2 above, you are entitled to appoint a proxy to exercise all or any of your rights  

to attend and to speak and vote on your behalf at the Meeting (although shareholders are expected to be prohibited from attending the Meeting  
in person). You can only appoint a proxy using the procedures set out in these notes and the notes to the proxy form. 

  A shareholder may appoint more than one proxy in relation to the Meeting provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to  
a different share or shares held by you. You may not appoint more than one proxy to exercise rights attached to any one share. A proxy need not be  
a shareholder of the Company. A proxy form which may be used to make such appointment and give proxy instructions accompanies this notice. 
4.    To be valid any proxy form or other instrument appointing a proxy must be received by post or (during normal business hours only) by hand at the 
office of the Registrars of the Company, Neville Registrars Limited, Neville House, Steelpark Road, Halesowen, West Midlands B62 8HD no later than 
11.00am on 25 October 2022. 

5.    The return of a completed proxy form, other such instrument or any CREST Proxy Instruction (as described in Notes 10-13 below) will not in itself 

prevent a shareholder attending the Annual General Meeting and voting in person if he/she wishes to do so. 

6.    If a member appoints a proxy or proxies and then decides to attend the Annual General Meeting in person and vote using his poll card, then the  

vote in person will override the proxy vote(s). If the vote in person is in respect of the member’s entire holding, then all proxy votes will be disregarded. 
If, however, the member votes at the meeting in respect of less than the member’s entire holding, then if the member indicates on his polling card 
that all proxies are to be disregarded, that shall be the case; but if the member does not specifically revoke proxies, then the vote in person will be 
treated in the same way as if it were the last received proxy and earlier proxies will only be disregarded to the extent that to count them would result 
in the number of votes being cast exceeding the member’s entire holding. If you do not have a proxy form and/or believe that you should have one  
or if you require additional forms, please contact the Registrars of the Company, Neville Registrars Limited, Neville House, Steelpark Road, Halesowen, 
West Midlands B62 8HD. 

7.    To change your proxy instructions simply submit a new proxy appointment using the methods set out above. Note that the cut-off time for receipt of 
proxy appointments (see Note 4 above) also applies in relation to amended instructions; any amended proxy appointment received after the relevant 
cut-off time will be disregarded. 

8.    Where you have appointed a proxy using the hard-copy proxy form and would like to change the instructions using another hard-copy proxy form, 

please contact Neville Registrars Limited, Neville House, Steelpark Road, Halesowen, West Midlands B62 8HD. If you submit more than one valid proxy 
appointment, the appointment received last before the latest time for the receipt of proxies will take precedence. 

9.    In order to revoke a proxy instruction, you will need to inform the Company by sending a signed hard copy notice clearly stating your intention to 
revoke your proxy appointment to Neville Registrars. In the case of a member which is a company, the revocation notice must be executed under  
its common seal or signed on its behalf by an officer of the company or an attorney for the company. Any power of attorney or any other authority 
under which the revocation notice is signed (or a duly certified copy of such power or authority) must be included with the revocation notice. The 
revocation notice must be received by Neville Registrars Limited, Neville House, Steelpark Road, Halesowen, West Midlands B62 8HD no later than 
11.00am on 25 October 2022. If you attempt to revoke your proxy appointment but the revocation is received after the time specified then, subject  
to Note 7 above, your appointment will remain valid. 

10.   CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so by using the procedures 
described in the CREST Manual. CREST Personal Members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who have appointed 
voting service provider(s), should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate action on their 
behalf. 

11.   In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made using the CREST service to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a “CREST Proxy Instruction”) 

must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited’s (Euroclear) specifications, and must contain the information 
required for such instruction, as described in the CREST Manual. The message, regardless of whether it constitutes the appointment of a proxy or  
is an amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy must, in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s 
agent (ID 7RA11) by 11.00am on 25 October 2022. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by the timestamp 
applied to the message by the CREST Application Host) from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the 
manner prescribed by CREST. After this time any change of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated to the 
appointee through other means. 

12.   CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors, or voting service providers should note that Euroclear does not make available special 
procedures in CREST for any particular message. Normal system timings and limitations will, therefore, apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy 
Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal member, or sponsored 
member, or has appointed (a) voting service provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall  
be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST members and, 
where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting system providers are referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning 
practical limitations of the CREST system and timings. 

97

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.Notice of Annual General Meeting – Hargreaves Services plc 
(incorporated and registered in England and Wales  
under company number 4952865) continued

13.   The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities 

Regulations 2001 (as amended). 

14.   If a corporation is a member of the Company, it may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise one or more persons to act  
as its representative or representatives at the Meeting and any such representative or representatives shall be entitled to exercise on behalf of the 
corporation all the powers that the corporation could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company. Corporate representatives should 
bring with them either an original or certified copy of the appropriate board resolution or an original letter confirming the appointment, provided  
it is on the corporation’s letterhead and is signed by an authorised signatory and accompanied by evidence of the signatory’s authority. 

15.   As at 22 July 2022 (being the last business day prior to the publication of this Notice) the Company’s issued share capital consisted of 32,527,638 
ordinary shares (611,118 of which are held in Treasury with no voting rights). Therefore, the total voting rights in the Company as at 22 July 2022  
was 32,527,638.

16.   The following documents will be available for inspection at the Company’s registered office at West Terrace, Esh Winning, Durham, DH7 9PT  
during normal business hours on any week day (Saturdays and English public holidays excepted) from the date of this notice until the close  
of the Meeting and at the place of that Meeting for at least 15 minutes prior to and during the Meeting: 
•  copies of the service contracts for the Executive Directors of the Company; and
•  copies of the letters of appointment of Non-Executive Directors of the Company.

Explanatory Notes to the Notice of Annual General Meeting 
The notes on the following pages explain the proposed resolutions. 

Resolution 1: Accounts 
The directors will present their Report, the Directors’ Corporate Governance and Remuneration Reports, the Auditor’s Report and the audited Financial 
Statements for the financial year ended 31 May 2022 to the meeting as required by law. These financial statements on pages 46 to 93 of the Company’s 
Annual Report. 

Resolution 2: Approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Shareholders are asked to approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the financial year ended 31 May 2022 which is set out in full on pages 35 to 38  
of the Company’s Annual Report. The vote is advisory and the directors’ entitlement to remuneration is not conditional upon this resolution being passed. 

Resolution 3: Final Dividend
The Board proposes a dividend for the financial year ended 31 May 2022 of 5.6 pence per ordinary share. If the meeting approves resolution 3, the dividend 
will be paid on 31 October 2022 to shareholders on the register of members on 23 September 2022.

Resolution 4: Additional Dividend
The Board proposes an additional dividend of 12 pence per ordinary share in respect of dividend payments received by the Company from Hargreaves 
Services Europe Limited. If the meeting approves resolution 4, the dividend will be paid on 31 October 2022 to shareholders on the register of members 
on 23 September 2022.

Resolutions 5, 6 and 7: Re-appointment of Directors 
At each Annual General Meeting one-third of the directors for the time being (other than those appointed since the last Annual General Meeting) are 
required to retire. If the number of relevant directors is not a multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third of directors, but not less than one-third, 
must retire. Directors due to retire by rotation are those longest in office since their last re-election or re-appointment. A retiring director is eligible for 
re-appointment. David Anderson, Gordon Banham and Nigel Halkes are offering themselves for re-appointment.

Brief biographical details of David Anderson, Gordon Banham and Nigel Halkes are set out on page 26 of this document.

Resolutions 8 and 9: Re-appointment and Remuneration of Auditors
The Company is required to appoint auditors at each general meeting at which accounts are laid, to hold office until the next general meeting. 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are willing to be re-appointed for a year and resolution 8 proposes their appointment and, in accordance with standard 
practice, resolution 9 authorises the Audit & Risk Committee of the board of directors of the Company to determine the level of the auditors’ 
remuneration.

Resolution 10: Renewal of Board’s Authority to Allot Shares 
Resolution 10.1 grants the directors authority to allot relevant ordinary shares up to an aggregate nominal amount of £1,084,255 being approximately 
one-third of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital (excluding shares held in Treasury) as at 22 July 2022.

In line with guidance issued by the Investment Association, resolution 10.2 grants the directors authority to allot ordinary shares in connection with  
a rights issue up to an aggregate nominal amount of £2,168,509 (representing 21,685,091 ordinary shares of 10 pence each), as reduced by the nominal 
amount of any shares issued under resolution 10.1. This amount, before any such reduction, represents approximately two-thirds of the Company’s issued 
ordinary share capital (excluding shares held in Treasury) as at 22 July 2022. Under a rights issue, ordinary shareholders are invited to subscribe for further 
ordinary shares in proportion (as near as is practicable) to their holdings of shares in the Company and, if they accept the invitation, their holding of shares 
is not diluted (and if they decline the offer then they can sell their “rights” in the market for value).

Guidelines issued by the Investment Association provide that an authority for directors to allot new shares up to an amount equal to one-third of the existing 
share capital, such as that granted by resolution 10.1, will be regarded as routine. The Investment Association guidelines also state that an authority for directors 
to allot a further amount equal to one-third of the existing issued share capital, such as that granted by resolution 10.2, will also be regarded as routine as long  
as that additional authorisation applies only to fully pre-emptive rights issues. 

98

Hargreaves Services plcIt is not the directors’ current intention to exercise either of these authorities. The authorities granted by resolution 10 replace the existing authorities  
to allot shares.

Resolution 11: Disapplication of Statutory Pre-emption Rights
Resolution 11.1.1 grants the directors power to allot shares without first offering them to existing shareholders in proportion to their existing 
shareholdings, where such offers are made in connection with or pursuant to a pre-emptive offer of shares. 

Resolution 11.1.2 permits the directors to allot shares without first offering them to existing shareholders and otherwise than in connection with a 
pre-emptive offer, but only up to a limit of 10% of the total ordinary share capital. Historically, the Pensions and Lifetime Savings Association (PLSA) 
(previously known as the National Association of Pension Funds) guidelines suggested that AIM companies should be permitted to take authority to allot 
up to 10% of issued share capital for cash on a non pre-emptive basis (which the Company has done each year since joining AIM). The PLSA has changed 
its guidance which now states that the limit should be 5% but that an additional 5% is acceptable provided that the Company confirms that it intends to 
use the additional 5% only in connection with an acquisition or specified capital investment which would be announced contemporaneously with the 
issue, or which has taken place in the preceding six-month period and is disclosed in the announcement of the issue. Taking note of the PLSA’s guidance, 
the directors are proposing that the resolution remains unchanged from that passed at last year’s Annual General Meeting and in previous years. 

Resolution 11.2 grants the directors power to allot those shares issued further to the powers granted to them under resolution 10.2 without first offering 
them to existing shareholders.

Resolution 12: Purchase of Own Shares 
Resolution 12 authorises the Company to purchase its own shares (in accordance with section 701 of the Act) during the period from the date of this 
Annual General Meeting until the end of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or the expiration of six months after the Company’s current 
financial year end, whichever is the sooner, up to a total of 4,879,146 ordinary shares. This represents approximately 15% of the issued ordinary share 
capital of the Company (excluding shares held in Treasury) as at 22 July 2022. The maximum price payable for a share shall not be more than the higher  
of 5% above the average of the middle market quotations of such shares for the five business days before such purchases and the price stipulated in the 
European Commission-adopted Regulatory Technical Standards pursuant to Article 5(6) of the Market Abuse Regulation (being the higher of the price  
of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the trading venue where the purchase is carried out). The minimum price 
payable for a share will be 10 pence. Companies are permitted to retain any of their own shares which they have purchased as treasury shares with  
a view to possible re-issue at a future date, rather than cancelling them. The Company will consider holding any of its own shares that it purchases 
pursuant to the authority conferred by this resolution as treasury shares. This would give the Company the ability to re-issue treasury shares quickly  
and cost-effectively and would provide the Company with additional flexibility in the management of its capital base.

The directors will consider making use of the renewed authority pursuant to resolution 12 in circumstances which they consider to be in the best interests 
of shareholders generally after taking account of market conditions prevailing at the time, other investment opportunities, appropriate gearing levels,  
the effect on earnings per share and the Company’s overall financial position. No purchases will be made which would effectively alter the control of the 
Company without the prior approval of the shareholders in a general meeting.

99

Annual Report and Accounts 20223. Financial Statements1.2.Registrar 
Neville Registrars Limited
Neville House
Steelpark Road
Halesowen
B62 8HD

Hargreaves Services plc
West Terrace
Esh Winning
Durham DH7 9PT
Tel: 0191 373 4485
Fax: 0191 373 3777

www.hsgplc.co.uk
Company number: 4952865

Shareholder Information

Company Secretary
John Samuel FCA

Independent Auditors 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Levels 5 and 6
Central Square South
Orchard Street
Newcastle upon Tyne 
NE1 3AZ 

Bankers 
Santander
58/60 Briggate
Leeds
LS1 6AS

Nominated Adviser and Joint Stockbroker 
Singer Capital Markets 
One Bartholomew Lane
London 
EC2N 2AX

Joint Stockbroker 
Investec Bank plc 
30 Gresham Street 
London 
EC2V 7QP 

Registered Office 
West Terrace 
Esh Winning 
Durham
DH7 9PT 

100

Hargreaves Services plcFor more information 
Please visit us online at www.hsgplc.co.uk  
for up to date investor information,  
company news and other information.

Printed on material from well-managed, FSC®-certified forests 
and other controlled sources. This publication was printed 
with vegetable oil-based inks by an FSC®-recognised printer 
that holds an ISO 14001 certification.

The outer cover of this report has been laminated with a 
biodegradable film. Around 20 months after composting, an 
additive within the film will initiate the process of oxidation.

Hargreaves Services plc
West Terrace
Esh Winning
Durham DH7 9PT
Tel: 0191 373 4485
Fax: 0191 373 3777

Company number: 4952865

www.hsgplc.co.uk

H

a

r

g

r

e

a

v

e

s

S

e

r

v

i

c

e

s

p

l

c

–

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

2